Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

joined battle

  • 1 ikut bertempur

    join battle, joined battle, joined battle, joining battle

    Indonesia-Inggris kamus > ikut bertempur

  • 2 общевойсковой бой

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > общевойсковой бой

  • 3 entablar

    v.
    1 to put down floorboards on (suelo).
    2 to strike up (iniciar) (conversación, amistad).
    3 to put in a splint.
    4 to establish, to initiate, to broach, to strike up.
    Ellas entablaron una buena amistad They established a great friendship.
    5 to cover with boards, to plank, to board in, to board up.
    María entabló las ventMarías por fuera Mary boarded up the windows outside.
    * * *
    1 (poner tablas) to plank, board
    2 (conversación) to begin, start, open; (amistad) to strike up; (negocio) to start; (relaciones) to establish
    3 (ajedrez etc) to set up
    \
    entablar acción / entablar demanda ESPAÑOL AMERICANO to take legal action
    * * *
    verb
    to engage, enter into
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ suelo] to board (in), board (up)
    2) (=empezar) [+ conversación] to strike up; [+ negocio] to enter into, embark upon; [+ proceso] to file; [+ reclamación] to put in
    3) (Ajedrez) to set up
    4) (Med) to splint, put in a splint
    2.
    VI (Ajedrez) to draw
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( iniciar) < conversación> to strike up, start; < amistad> to strike up; < negociaciones> to enter into, start

    entablaron relaciones comerciales — países they opened up trade links empresas they started doing business together

    b) < partida> to set up
    * * *
    ----
    * entablar amistad = bond.
    * entablar amistad con = establish + familiarity con, chum with, strike up + friendship with.
    * entablar combate = engage in + combat.
    * entablar combate con = engage.
    * entablar conversación = strike up + conversation.
    * entablar relaciones = enter into + relations, enter into + relationships, build + relationships, develop + relationships, develop + relations, build + relations.
    * entablar relaciones comerciales = transact.
    * entablar relaciones con = forge + links with, forge + relationships with, forge + ties.
    * entablar una conversación = engage in + dialogue.
    * entablar una demanda = bring + a suit against, file + suit against, file + lawsuit against.
    * entablar un juicio = file + lawsuit against, file + suit against.
    * entablar un pleito = file + lawsuit against, file + suit against.
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( iniciar) < conversación> to strike up, start; < amistad> to strike up; < negociaciones> to enter into, start

    entablaron relaciones comerciales — países they opened up trade links empresas they started doing business together

    b) < partida> to set up
    * * *
    * entablar amistad = bond.
    * entablar amistad con = establish + familiarity con, chum with, strike up + friendship with.
    * entablar combate = engage in + combat.
    * entablar combate con = engage.
    * entablar conversación = strike up + conversation.
    * entablar relaciones = enter into + relations, enter into + relationships, build + relationships, develop + relationships, develop + relations, build + relations.
    * entablar relaciones comerciales = transact.
    * entablar relaciones con = forge + links with, forge + relationships with, forge + ties.
    * entablar una conversación = engage in + dialogue.
    * entablar una demanda = bring + a suit against, file + suit against, file + lawsuit against.
    * entablar un juicio = file + lawsuit against, file + suit against.
    * entablar un pleito = file + lawsuit against, file + suit against.
    * * *
    entablar [A1 ]
    vt
    1 (iniciar) ‹conversación› to strike up, start; ‹amistad› to strike up; ‹negociaciones› to enter into, start
    entablaron relaciones comerciales they opened up trade links
    se ha entablado una dura batalla contra ellos a fierce battle has begun against them
    le entablaron pleito por difamación they brought a libel action against him
    2 ‹partida› to set up
    * * *

    entablar ( conjugate entablar) verbo transitivo
    a) ( iniciar) ‹conversación/amistad› to strike up;

    ‹ negociaciones› to enter into
    b) ‹ partida› to set up

    entablar vtr (iniciar una conversación, amistad) to strike up, begin: entablamos amistad con los vecinos, we became friends with the neighbours
    (un negocio) to start: van a entablar negociaciones con una empresa japonesa, they are going to enter into negotiations with a Japanese company
    (una acción judicial) to initiate
    ' entablar' also found in these entries:
    English:
    bring
    - engage
    - enter into
    - initiate
    - open
    - proceedings
    - start
    - strike up
    - attempt
    - institute
    - mix
    - strike
    - sue
    * * *
    1. [suelo] to put down floorboards on
    2. [iniciar] [conversación, amistad] to strike up;
    [negociaciones] to enter into, to open; [relaciones] to establish;
    entablar juicio contra alguien to start court proceedings against sb;
    los manifestantes entablaron batalla con la policía the demonstrators joined battle with the police;
    entablaron una acalorada discusión they fell into a heated argument
    3. [entablillar] to put in a splint
    4. [en juegos de tablero] to set up
    5. Am [empatar] to tie, to draw
    * * *
    I v/t strike up, start
    II v/i DEP tie, Br
    draw
    * * *
    1) : to cover with boards
    2) : to initiate, to enter into, to start
    * * *
    entablar vb to start / to start up

    Spanish-English dictionary > entablar

  • 4 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 5 sálvese quien pueda

    = the devil take the hindmost, every man for himself, let battle commence
    Ex. Many people have been made redundant in the takeover and those who joined last were the first to go -- the principle of devil take the hindmost applied.
    Ex. If more and more of us begin to see life purely as ' every man for himself,' what other unintended consequences may come with such a shift.
    Ex. To start a garden is to let battle commence since there is a list of pests and diseases that will line up to attack your babies.
    * * *
    = the devil take the hindmost, every man for himself, let battle commence

    Ex: Many people have been made redundant in the takeover and those who joined last were the first to go -- the principle of devil take the hindmost applied.

    Ex: If more and more of us begin to see life purely as ' every man for himself,' what other unintended consequences may come with such a shift.
    Ex: To start a garden is to let battle commence since there is a list of pests and diseases that will line up to attack your babies.

    Spanish-English dictionary > sálvese quien pueda

  • 6 συνάπτω

    V 10-24-4-2-16=56 Ex 26,6.9.10.11(bis)
    to join together Ex 26,10; id. [τι] Ex 26,11; to join sth to sth [τί τινι] Ex 26,6; id. [τι πρός τι] Ex 29,5
    to border upon [τινι] Jos 19,26; id. [ἐπί τι] Jos 17,10; to reach, to extend to [ἕως τινός] Sir 35,16; id. [τι]
    Is 15,8; to reach to, to touch Neh 3,19; to press closely on [τινι] 2 Sm 1,6
    to join (in battle), to attack [τινι] JgsB 20,20; id. [πρός τινα] JgsB 20,30; id. [τι] 1 Mc 15,14; to form (an alliance) [τι] 2 Kgs 10,34; to come together Is 16,8
    συνῆψαν αἱ παρεμβολαὶ εἰς πόλεμον the armies joined in battle 1 Mc 7,43; μὴ συνάψητε πρὸς αὐτοὺς πόλεμον do not engage in war against them Dt 2,5; συνῆψεν ὁ πόλεμος the battle was joined 1 Mc 9,47
    Cf. HELBING 1928, 305-306; LE BOULLUEC 1989, 268; WEVERS 1990, 417

    Lust (λαγνεία) > συνάπτω

  • 7 ред

    1. (линия, ивица) row, range, line
    (ръкописен, печатен) line
    на първия ред in the front row
    нов ред a new/fresh line/paragraph
    почвам нов ред begin anew paragraph
    чета между редовете read between the lines
    ред дървета a linc/row of trees
    ред чинове a row of desks
    2. (известен брой, поредица) a number/succession of; series
    безкраен ред мат. an infinite series
    ред въпроси/трудности a series of questions/difficulties
    ред мисли a chain of ideas
    в тоя ред на мисли in this train of thought
    ред посещения a round of visits
    ред правила a set of rules
    ред събития a sequence of events
    по ред причини for a number/variety of reasons
    по азбучен ред in alphabetic order/sequence
    и ред други and many others
    ред по ред one after another, successively, in succession
    (години) под ред (years) in succession
    3. (начин на действие, подреждане, изправност, обичаи, сбор от правила, норми, строй, режим) order, system
    воен. order, formation, array
    ред и законност law and order
    внасям/слагам ред в regulate
    внасям известен ред в put some sort of system in
    научавам на ред discipline; teach s.o. order
    научавам се на ред be disciplined, learn to be orderly
    слагам в ред put in order, set to rights, ( стая и) do, ( нещо повредено) put right
    слагам работите си в ред put/set o.'s affairs in order, put o.'s house in order
    карам под ред take matters in order
    поддържам реда maintain order, (в къща и пр.) keep (a house, etc,) in order
    нарушавам/развалям реда break the routine
    променям реда си change o.'s routine
    приет ред accepted order, usage
    установен ред a fixed routine, an established usage/method
    такъв е редът тук this is the custom here
    вътрешен ред internal discipline, (на пансион и пр.) house regulation/rules
    човек на реда a man of method, a methodical man
    при добър/пълен ред in complete order, without disorder, smoothly
    по административен ред through administrative channels
    по надлежния ред through the proper channels
    по съдебен ред in legal form; by order of the court
    старият ред the old order/regime
    без (никакъв) ред ре ll-mell, higgledy-piggledy
    (според) както му е редът in the proper way; in due form
    боен ред воен, order of battle, battle order/formation/array
    походен ред воен. marching formation
    ред на гласуване voting procedure
    в ред (за книжа и пр.) in (good) order, ( за машина) in work-ing order
    не в ред (развален, повреден) out of order
    очите ми нещо не са в ред s.th. is wrong with my eyes, there is s.th. wrong with my eyes
    тук има нещо, което не е в ред there's s.fh. wrong here, разг. there's a screw loose somewhere
    4. (време, удобен случай) turn; time
    на свой ред in o.'s turn
    всеки на свой ред each one in his turn
    чакам си реда wait o.'s turn
    идва ми редът, сега е мой ред да it is my turn to
    идва ми отново редът have o.'s turn again
    още не му е дошъл редът the time is not yet ripe for it
    всичко на реда си everything has its day
    всичко върви по реда си things take their regular course
    когато му дойде редът all in good time
    дойде ред човек да види... we will live to see...
    5. мн. ч. (на армия, организация) ranks
    * * *
    м., -овѐ, (два) рѐда 1. ( линия; ивица) row, range, line; ( ръкописен, печатен) line; линотипен \ред полигр. slug; на първия \ред in the front row; нов \ред indentation; по четирима на \ред four abreast, (на дълбочина) four deep;
    2. ( известен брой, поредица) a number/succession of; series; ( последователност) sequence; безкраен \ред мат. infinite series; в тоя \ред на мисли in this train of thought; и \ред други and many others; по азбучен \ред in alphabetic order; по канален \ред in due order; through official/proper channels; по \ред причини for a number/variety of reasons; ( години) под \ред (years) in succession; \ред мисли chain of ideas; \ред по \ред one after another, successively, in succession; \ред (поредица) посещения round of visits; \ред правила set of rules;
    3. ( начин на действие, подреждане; изправност; обичаи; сбор от правила, норми; строй, режим) order, system; воен. order, formation, array; без (никакъв) \ред pell-mell, higgledy-piggledy; боен \ред воен. order of battle, battle order/formation/array; вътрешен \ред internal discipline, (на пансион и пр.) house regulation/rules; administrative arrangement; домашен/обществен и пр. \ред domestic/social, etc. arrangements; карам под \ред take matters in order; нарушавам/развалям \реда break the routine; научавам на \ред discipline; teach s.o. order; научавам се на \ред be disciplined, learn to be orderly; не в \ред ( развален, повреден) out of order; не съм в \ред (не се чувствам добре) be/feel unwell; очите ми нещо не са в \ред there is s.th. wrong with my eyes; по административен \ред through administrative channels; по законен \ред legally; по надлежния \ред through the proper channels; по съдебен \ред in legal form; by order of the court; походен \ред воен. marching formation; преследвам по съдебен \ред prosecute, bring to trial; призовавам към \ред call to order; \ред за наемане на работа conditions of employment; \ред и законност law and order; \ред на гласуване voting procedure; слагам в \ред put in order, set to rights, ( стая и пр.) do, ( нещо повредено) put right; (според) както му е \редът in the proper way; in due form; такъв е \редът тук this is the custom here; установен \ред fixed routine, an established usage/method; човек на \реда man of method, methodical man;
    4. ( време, удобен случай) turn; time, разг. go; всичко върви по \реда си things take their regular course; всичко по \реда си everything has its day; когато му дойде \редът all in good time; на свой \ред in o.’s turn; още не му е дошъл \редът the time is not yet ripe for it; преди да ми е дошъл \редът ahead of turn; чакам си \реда wait o.’s turn;
    5. само мн. (на армия, организация) ranks; той влезе в \редовете на армията he joined the army/ranks;
    6. мат. series; • дневен \ред agenda; на дневен \ред съм (за въпрос) be up for discussion; нещо, което е в \реда на нещата a matter of course, a routine matter; отивам по \реда си ( умирам) go the way of all flesh; слагам в дневния \ред put on the agenda.
    * * *
    row: We found seats in the front ред. - Намерихме си места на първия ред.; range (в текст): new ред - нов ред, a ред of trees - ред от дървета; sequence: The president will visit a ред of events. - Президентът ще посети ред събития.; number (брой); series (последователност и мат.); variety (множество): A ред of problems appeared. - Възникнаха ред проблеми.; chain; order (правила и пр.): in alphabetical ред - по азбучен ред, My car is out of ред. - Колата ми не е в ред., The government restored law and ред.- Правителството възстанови законността и реда., put in ред - привеждам в ред, maintain ред - поддържам реда; protocol; routine (рутина): You must follow the fixed ред. - Трябва да спазвате установения ред.; channels (административен); orderliness(воен.); course; placement; rank{rEnk}; turn (удобен случай): It is my ред to speak. - Мой ред е да говоря., Wait for your ред. - Изчакайте реда си.; agenda (дневен ред)
    * * *
    1. (време, удобен случай) turn;time 2. (години) под РЕД (years) in succession 3. (известен брой, поредица) а number/succession of;series 4. (линия 5. (начин на действие, подреждане 6. (последователност) sequence 7. (ръкописен, печатен) line 8. (според) както му е РЕДът in the proper way;in due form 9. no законен РЕД legally 10. РЕД въпроси/трудности a series of questions/difficulties 11. РЕД дървета а linc/row of trees 12. РЕД и законност law and order 13. РЕД мисли a chain of ideas 14. РЕД на гласуване voting procedure 15. РЕД пo РЕД one after another, successively, in succession 16. РЕД посещения a round of visits 17. РЕД правила a set of rules 18. РЕД събития a sequence of events 19. РЕД чинове a row of desks 20. без (никакъв) РЕД реll-mell, higgledy-piggledy 21. безкраен РЕД мат. an infinite series 22. боен РЕД воен, order of battle, battle order/formation/array 23. в РЕД (за книжа и пр.) in (good) order, (за машина) in work-ing order 24. в тоя РЕД на мисли in this train of thought 25. внасям известен РЕД в put some sort of system in 26. внасям/слагам РЕД в regulate 27. воен. order, formation, array 28. всеки на свой РЕД each one in his turn 29. всичко върви пo РЕДa си things take their regular course 30. всичко на РЕДа си everything has its day 31. вътрешен РЕД internal discipline, (на пансион и np.) house regulation/rules 32. дойде РЕД човек да види.., we will live to see,.. 33. и РЕД други and many others 34. ивица) row, range, line 35. идва ми РЕДът, сега е мой РЕД да it is my turn to 36. идва ми отново РЕДът have o.'s turn again 37. изправност 38. карам под РЕД take matters in order 39. когато му дойде РЕДът all in good time 40. линотипен РЕД печ. slug 41. мн. ч. (на армия, организация) ranks 42. на първия РЕД in the front row 43. на свой РЕД in o.'s turn 44. нарушавам/развалям РЕДа break the routine 45. научавам на РЕД discipline;teach s.o. order 46. научавам се на РЕД be disciplined, learn to be orderly 47. не в РЕД (развален, повреден) out of order 48. не съм в РЕД (не се чувствувам добре) be/feel unwell 49. нов РЕД a new/fresh line/paragraph 50. обичаи 51. отстъпвам в добър РЕД retreat in (good) order 52. очите ми нещо не са в РЕД s.th. is wrong with my eyes, there is s.th. wrong with my eyes 53. още не му е дошъл РЕДът the time is not yet ripe for it 54. пo РЕД причини for a number/ variety of reasons 55. пo административен РЕД through administrative channels 56. пo азбучен РЕД in alphabetic order/sequence 57. пo надлежния РЕД through the proper channels 58. пo съдебен РЕД in legal form;by order of the court 59. пo четирима на РЕД four abreast, (на дълбочина) four deep 60. поддържам РЕДа maintain order, (в къща и пр.) keep (a house, etc,) in order 61. походен РЕД воен. marching formation 62. почвам нов РЕД begin anew paragraph 63. преди да ми е дошъл РЕДът ahead of turn 64. преследвам no съдебен РЕД prosecute, bring to trial 65. при добър/пълен РЕД in complete order, without disorder, smoothly 66. привеждам в РЕД put in order 67. приетРЕД accepted order, usage 68. призовавам към РЕД call to order 69. променям РЕДa си change o.'s routine 70. сбор от правила, норми 71. слагам в РЕД put in order, set to rights, (стая и) do, (нещо повредено) put right 72. слагам работите си в РЕД put/set o.'s affairs in order, put o.'s house in order 73. старият РЕД the old order/regime 74. стол на първия РЕД a front row seat 75. строй, режим) order, system 76. такъв е РЕДът тук this is the custom here 77. той влезе в 78. тук има нещо, което не е в РЕД there's s.fh. wrong here, разг. there's a screw loose somewhere 79. установен РЕД a fixed routine, an established usage/method 80. чакам си РЕДa wait o.'s turn 81. чета между РЕДовете read between the lines 82. човек на РЕДa a man of method, a methodical man 83. щ

    Български-английски речник > ред

  • 8 bei

    Präp.
    1. räumlich, auch fig.:
    a) (in der Nähe von) near; bei Berlin near Berlin; die Schlacht bei Waterloo the Battle of Waterloo; beim Rathaus (just) near ( oder by) the town hall; (am Rathaus) at the town hall; dicht bei der Schule just next to the school; gleich beim Hotel liegt die Post the post office is just ( oder right) next to the hotel; etw. bei der Hand haben have s.th. to hand; sein Einkommen / der Wert liegt etwa bei 5000 Euro his salary / its value is around 5000 euros;
    b) an einem bestimmten Ort: at; beim Metzger / Bäcker etc. at the butcher’s / baker’s etc.; hast du das bei Woolworth gekauft? did you buy that at Woolworth’s; Herr Müller ist gerade bei Tisch Mr Müller is just at the table; wir waren alle bei mir / meinen Eltern we were all at my house ( oder place) / at my parents’ (place); bei ihr zu Hause in her house, at her place; bei uns in Hessen / auf dem Land where I come from in Hessen / in the country; wir sind morgen bei Kollegen eingeladen we have been invited to visit colleagues tomorrow; er wohnt bei mir nebenan / gegenüber / um die Ecke he lives next door / opposite / on the corner where I live ( oder of my place); sie wohnt bei einem alten Ehepaar she lives with an old couple; bei (per Adresse) Schmidt c / o (= care of) Schmidt; am Telefon: hier bei Müller this is the Müllers’, Müller speaking; bei den Schotten heißt das anders the Scots call it something else; Amerika wacht gerade erst auf, bei uns ist es aber schon 13 Uhr in America they’re just waking up, but here it’s already 1 o’clock
    2.
    a) bezeichnet Arbeitsverhältnis etc.: for; sie ist bei Langenscheidt she is with ( oder works for) Langenscheidt; er arbeitet oder ist bei der Post / Bahn he works for the post office / railway (Am. railroad); sie ist beim Fernsehen she works for (the) TV; beim Militär in the armed forces;
    b) bei jemandem Stunden nehmen have lessons with s.o.; bei welchem Arzt bist du? which doctor do you go to?; Brit. auch who’s your GP?
    3. an einer bestimmten Stelle: jemanden beim Kragen packen grab s.o. by the collar; jemanden bei der Hand etc. fassen take s.o. by the hand etc.; die Gelegenheit beim Schopf fassen seize ( oder grab umg.) the opportunity; bei Fuß! (to) heel
    4. dabei, mit: with; ich habe kein Geld bei mir I have no money on me; er hatte seinen Hund bei sich he had his dog with him; das ist oft so bei Kindern that’s fairly common with children; pej. children are like that; bei mir machst du das lieber nicht you’d be advised not to try that with me, you’d better not try that with me; die Entscheidung liegt bei dir it’s your decision
    6. von Werken, Künstlern etc.: in the work of; bei Schiller steht in one of Schiller’s works it says, Schiller says; bei Tizian / den Romantikern findet man dieses Motiv you find this motif in the works of Titian / the Romantics
    7. zeitlich, Umstände, Zustände:
    a) zu einem gewissen Zeitpunkt: on, at; bei meiner Ankunft when I arrived, on my arrival; bei Tagesanbruch at dawn; bei Sonnenaufgang / Sonnenuntergang at sunrise / sunset; bei schönem Wetter when the weather is fine; der Park schließt bei anbrechender Dunkelheit the park closes at dusk; bei dieser Gelegenheit möchte ich.... I should like to take this opportunity to...; bei einem Unfall in an accident; Vorsicht bei Abfahrt des Zuges! take care when the train leaves;
    b) (während) during, at, by; bei Nacht at night; bei Tag during the daytime, by day; beim Unterricht during a ( oder the) lesson; bei einem Glas Wein over a glass of wine; beim Lesen der Zeitung fiel mir auf... while ( oder when) I was reading the paper it struck me...; bei der Arbeit einschlafen fall asleep while working; beim Essen / Schlafen / Schreiben etc. while eating / sleeping / writing etc.;
    c) (dabei, mit) with; hilfst du mir beim Umzug / bei der Arbeit? will you help me with my move / work; jemanden beim Namen nennen call s.o. by (his oder her) name;
    d) (im Falle von) if there is, in case of; bei Gefahr Knopf drücken press the button in case of danger; bei Regen wird das Fest verschoben if it rains the party will be postponed; bei Nebel if it is foggy; bei Glatteis Geschwindigkeitsbegrenzung auf 30 km speed limit 30 km if there is ice; Vorsicht bei Nässe! take care in wet conditions; beim nächsten Mal (the) next time; bei nächster Gelegenheit (the) next chance, at the first ( oder earliest) opportunity; bei Fieber Bettruhe halten stay in bed if you have a temperature; bei so etwas wird mir schlecht that sort of thing makes me feel ill; bei so etwas kann er nicht mitreden he has nothing to say about that sort of thing
    8. (unter) among; bei den alten Fotos among the old photos; heute war nichts für dich bei der Post there was nothing for you in the post (Am. mail) today; bei Strafe von under penalty of
    9. (betreffend): bei Alkohol muss ich aufpassen I have to be careful with alcohol; bei Geldfragen muss ich passen when it comes to (questions of) money, I have to pass; bei Männern hat sie Pech she’s unlucky with men
    10. (angesichts): bei deinem Gehalt! (you) with your salary!; bei meinem Gehalt kann ich mir das nicht leisten I can’t afford that on ( oder with) my salary; bei deiner Erkältung solltest du nicht rausgehen you should stay in with your cold ( oder with that cold of yours); bei 25 Euro pro Stunde at 25 euros an hour; bei so vielen Schwierigkeiten considering all the difficulties; bei so viel Hilfe sind wir schnell fertig with all this help we should be ready soon; bei der Lage der Dinge (with) matters ( oder things) the way they are; bei so vielen Teilnehmern können wir... with so many participants we can...; bei diesem Lärm / diesen Temperaturen kann man nicht schlafen with all this noise / with temperatures like this one can’t sleep
    11. (trotz): bei aller Liebe, das ist zu viel verlangt much as I sympathize - that’s asking too much; und das bei all seiner Mühe! and that in spite of all his efforts
    12. in bestimmtem Zustand: bei Kräften sein be in good health; bei guter Gesundheit sein be in good health; bei Besinnung sein be conscious; du bist wohl nicht ( recht) bei Trost! you’re not in your right mind; er ist heute nicht bei Laune he’s not in a very good mood today; gut bei Kasse sein have plenty of money
    13. bei bestimmten Bedingungen: beim besten Willen with the best will in the world; bei Wasser und Brot with just bread and water; bei offenem Fenster with the window open; bei Kerzenlicht / Mondschein by candlelight / moonlight; bei Licht besehen ist es nur halb so schlimm seen in the light of day it’s not so bad; bei Tageslicht by daylight
    14. Maß: bei weitem by far
    15. Anrufung: schwören bei swear by; bei Gott! by God!; bei meiner Ehre! altm. on my hono(u)r!; bei allem, was recht ist, das geht nun wirklich zu weit in all conscience, that’s going too far
    * * *
    on; at; about; next to; upon; beside; in the event of
    * * *
    1) at
    2) (next to; near; at the side of: by the door; He sat by his sister.) by
    3) on
    4) upon
    5) (in the care of: Leave your case with the porter.) with
    * * *
    [bai]
    1. (räumlich: in jds Wohn-/Lebensbereich) with
    \bei wem hast du die letzte Nacht verbracht? who did you spend last night with?
    sie wohnt \bei ihren Großeltern she lives with her grandparents
    ich war die ganze Zeit \bei meinen Eltern I was at my parents' [house] the whole time
    am Wochenende sind sie entweder \bei ihm oder \bei ihr at the weekend they're either at his place or at hers
    \bei jdm zu Besuch sein to be staying with [or visiting] sb
    \bei jdm zu Hause at sb's house
    bei uns zu Hause war das immer so üblich we always did it that way at home, that was the way we did things at home
    \bei Hofe at court
    \bei den Maori/Masai leben to live among the Maori/Masai
    \bei Familie Schmidt (Briefanschrift) c/o Schmidt
    2. (räumlich: im Tätigkeits-/Unternehmensbereich) for
    \bei jdm arbeiten [o sein] to work for sb
    er ist \bei Klett angestellt he works at Klett
    sie arbeitet \beim Fernsehen she works in television
    er arbeitet \bei der Bahn/beim Bund/einer Firma/ der Post he works for the railways/the government/a company/the post office
    er arbeitet \beim Supermarkt an der Ecke he works at the supermarket on the corner
    er ist neuerdings Redakteur \bei uns he joined us as an editor recently
    er ist ein hohes Tier \bei der Post he's a big shot [or fish] at the post office
    \bei wem lassen Sie Ihre Anzüge schneidern? who makes your suits?, who is your tailor?
    \bei wem haben Sie Deutsch gelernt? who taught you German?
    sie hat ihr Handwerk \bei einem sehr erfahrenen Meister gelernt she learnt her trade from a very experienced master craftsman
    beim Bäcker/Friseur at the baker's/hairdresser's
    \bei der Citybank sein (ein Konto haben) to bank [or have an account] with the Citybank
    \bei Klett erschienen published by Klett
    \bei der Marine/beim Militär in the navy/military
    \bei jdm Unterricht haben [o nehmen] to have lessons with [or take lessons from] sb
    3. (räumlich: in jds Werk)
    ▪ \bei jdm in
    das Zitat steht [irgendwo] \bei Goethe the quotation comes from [somewhere in] Goethe
    \bei wem hast du denn das gelesen? where did you read that?
    das kannst du alles \bei Schopenhauer nachlesen you can look it all up in Schopenhauer
    4. (räumlich: mit sich haben) with
    etw \bei sich dat haben [o tragen] to have sth with [or on] one
    ich habe die Unterlagen leider nicht \bei mir I'm afraid I haven't got the papers with me
    ich habe gerade kein Geld \bei mir I don't have [or I'm not carrying] any money on [or with] me at the moment
    jdn \bei sich dat haben to have sb with one
    zum Glück hatte ich meinen Bruder \bei mir fortunately, my brother was with me
    5. (räumlich: im eigenen Bereich) to
    ich dachte \bei mir... I thought [or was thinking] to myself...
    etw \bei sich behalten to keep sth to oneself
    behalte die Nachricht bitte noch \bei dir please don't tell anyone else the news for now, please keep the news to yourself for now
    6. (räumlich: in der Nähe) near
    Böblingen ist eine Stadt \bei Stuttgart Böblingen is a town near Stuttgart
    er wohnt \beim Bahnhof he lives near [to] [or close to] the station
    wir treffen uns \bei der Kirche/der Post we'll meet by the church/post office
    er saß \bei ihr (direkt neben) he sat beside [or next to] her; (in der näheren Umgebung) he sat close to [or near] her
    geh du, ich bleibe \bei den Kindern you go, I'll stay with the children
    \bei der ersten/zweiten Kreuzung at the first/second crossing
    \beim Fluss by the river
    die Schlacht \bei Hastings the battle of Hastings
    7. (räumlich: an) by
    jdn \bei der Hand nehmen to take sb by the hand; ÖSTERR (fig)
    etw \bei der Hand haben to have sth at hand
    8. (räumlich: zwischen, unter) among
    er war auch \bei den Demonstranten he was also among the demonstrators
    die Unterlagen sind \bei den Akten the papers are amongst the files
    9. (Angabe von Zeitspanne) during; (Angabe von Zeitpunkt) at
    unterbrechen Sie mich bitte nicht dauernd \bei meiner Rede! please stop interrupting my speech!
    \bei dem Zugunglück starben viele Menschen many people died in the train crash
    \bei der Aufführung darf nicht geraucht werden smoking is not permitted during the performance
    Vorsicht \bei der Abfahrt [des Zuges] please stand clear of the doors, the train is about to leave
    \bei jds Abreise/Ankunft on sb's departure/arrival
    ich hoffe, du bist \bei meiner Abreise auch da I hope you will be there when I leave [or on my departure]
    \bei Anbruch der Dunkelheit/des Tages at nightfall/daybreak
    \bei der Geburt/dem Tod at his/her etc. birth/death
    \bei Nacht/Tag by night/day
    \bei Tag und Nacht day and night
    \bei Tisch at table
    10. (gibt Teilnahme an)
    \bei einer Aufführung mitwirken to be involved in a performance/play
    \bei einem Gottesdienst/einer Hochzeit sein to be at a church service/wedding
    11. (während einer Tätigkeit) while
    das ist mir beim Bügeln eingefallen it occurred to me when [or as] [or while] I was ironing; NORDD
    \bei sein, etw zu tun to be on the verge of doing sth [or about to do sth
    wir können das ja \bei einer Flasche Wein besprechen let's talk about it over a bottle of wine
    \bei Schnee ist Weihnachten immer am schönsten Christmas is always nicest when it snows
    \bei diesem Wetter setze ich keinen Fuß vor die Tür! I'm not setting foot outside the door in this weather!
    \bei der Arbeit sein to be working [or at work]
    \bei/nicht \bei Bewusstsein sein to be conscious/unconscious
    \bei Kerzenlicht by candlelight
    \bei Kräften/guter Laune sein to be well [or fit]/in good spirits
    \bei dieser Hitze/Kälte in such heat/cold
    \bei Tageslicht arbeiten to work in daylight
    nicht mehr \bei Verstand sein to have taken leave of one's senses, to not be in one's right mind
    \bei Wind und Wetter come rain or shine
    13. (ungefähr) around
    der Preis liegt \bei etwa Euro 1.000 the price is around [or about] 1,000 euros
    14. (zur Angabe eines erreichten Wertes)
    der DAX lag \bei 3.554 the DAX closed at 3,554 points
    die Temperatur lag \bei 38,3° im Schatten the temperature was 38.3° in the shade
    15. (im Falle von etw) in case of
    „bei Feuer Scheibe einschlagen“ “in case of fire break glass”
    \bei Nebel/Regen werde ich nicht fahren I won't go if it's foggy/it rains
    16. (wegen, mit) with
    \bei seiner Sturheit könnte man manchmal wirklich verzweifeln one could sometimes really despair at his stubbornness
    \bei so viel Dummheit ist wirklich alle Liebesmüh vergebens all effort is futile in the face of such stupidity
    \bei diesem Sturm bleiben wir lieber zu Hause in view of [or due to] this storm we'd better stay at home
    \bei deinen Fähigkeiten with your talents [or skills
    17. (trotz) in spite of, despite
    \bei aller Freundschaft, das geht einfach zu weit we may be friends but that's just going too far
    es geht \beim besten Willen nicht even with the best will in the world it's just not possible
    ich schwöre es, \bei meiner toten Mutter! I swear on my mother's grave!
    \bei meiner Ehre [up]on my honour
    \bei Gott! (veraltend) by God!
    „ich schwöre \bei Gott, die Wahrheit zu sagen und nichts als die Wahrheit“ “I swear to tell the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth, so help me God”
    19.
    ▶ nicht [ganz] \bei sich dat sein (fam) to be not [quite] oneself
    * * *
    1) (nahe) near; (dicht an, neben) by

    bei den Fahrrädern/Kindern bleiben — stay with the bicycles/children

    nicht [ganz] bei sich sein — (fig.) be not quite with it

    sich bei jemandem entschuldigen/erkundigen — apologize to somebody/ask somebody

    2) (unter) among
    3) (an) by
    4) (im Wohn-/Lebens-/Arbeitsbereich von)

    bei mir [zu Hause] — at my house

    bei uns um die Ecke/gegenüber — round the corner from us/opposite us

    wir treffen uns bei uns/Peter — we'll meet at our/Peter's place

    bei uns in Österreich — in Austria [where I/we come from/live]

    bei Schmidt — (auf Briefen) c/o Schmidt

    bei jemandem/einem Verlag arbeiten — work for somebody/a publishing house

    bei einer Hochzeit/einem Empfang — usw. at a wedding/reception etc.

    6) (im Werk von)

    bei Schiller heißt es... — Schiller says or writes that...

    7) (im Falle von) in the case of

    wie bei den Römern — as with the Romans

    hoffentlich geht es nicht wie bei mir — I hope the same thing doesn't happen as happened in my case

    bei Sonnenaufgang/-untergang — at sunrise/sunset

    9) (modal)

    bei Tag/Nacht — by day/night

    bei Tag und [bei] Nacht — day and night

    10) (im Falle des Auftretens von)

    ‘bei Feuer Scheibe einschlagen’ — ‘in case of fire, break glass’

    ‘bei Regen Schleudergefahr’ — ‘slippery when wet’

    11) (angesichts) with

    bei diesem Sturm/Lärm — with this storm blowing/noise going on

    12) (trotz)

    bei all seinem Engagement/seinen Bemühungen — in spite of or despite or for all his commitment/efforts

    bei allem Verständnis, aber ich kann das nicht — much as I sympathize, I cannot do that

    bei meiner Ehre! — (veralt.) upon my honour!

    * * *
    bei präp
    1. räumlich, auch fig: (in der Nähe von) near;
    bei Berlin near Berlin;
    die Schlacht bei Waterloo the Battle of Waterloo;
    beim Rathaus (just) near ( oder by) the town hall; (am Rathaus) at the town hall;
    dicht bei der Schule just next to the school;
    gleich beim Hotel liegt die Post the post office is just ( oder right) next to the hotel;
    etwas bei der Hand haben have sth to hand;
    sein Einkommen/der Wert liegt etwa bei 5000 Euro his salary/its value is around 5000 euros; an einem bestimmten Ort: at;
    beim Metzger/Bäcker etc at the butcher’s/baker’s etc;
    hast du das bei Woolworth gekauft? did you buy that at Woolworth’s;
    Herr Müller ist gerade bei Tisch Mr Müller is just at the table;
    wir waren alle bei mir/meinen Eltern we were all at my house ( oder place)/at my parents’ (place);
    bei ihr zu Hause in her house, at her place;
    bei uns in Hessen/auf dem Land where I come from in Hessen/in the country;
    wir sind morgen bei Kollegen eingeladen we have been invited to visit colleagues tomorrow;
    er wohnt bei mir nebenan/gegenüber/um die Ecke he lives next door/opposite/on the corner where I live ( oder of my place);
    sie wohnt bei einem alten Ehepaar she lives with an old couple;
    bei (per Adresse)
    Schmidt c/o (= care of) Schmidt; am Telefon:
    hier bei Müller this is the Müllers’, Müller speaking;
    bei den Schotten heißt das anders the Scots call it something else;
    Amerika wacht gerade erst auf, bei uns ist es aber schon 13 Uhr in America they’re just waking up, but here it’s already 1 o’clock
    2. bezeichnet Arbeitsverhältnis etc: for;
    sie ist bei Langenscheidt she is with ( oder works for) Langenscheidt;
    ist bei der Post/Bahn he works for the post office/railway (US railroad);
    sie ist beim Fernsehen she works for (the) TV;
    beim Militär in the armed forces;
    bei jemandem Stunden nehmen have lessons with sb;
    bei welchem Arzt bist du? which doctor do you go to?; Br auch who’s your GP?
    jemanden beim Kragen packen grab sb by the collar;
    fassen take sb by the hand etc;
    die Gelegenheit beim Schopf fassen seize ( oder grab umg) the opportunity;
    bei Fuß! (to) heel
    4. dabei, mit: with;
    ich habe kein Geld bei mir I have no money on me;
    er hatte seinen Hund bei sich he had his dog with him;
    das ist oft so bei Kindern that’s fairly common with children; pej children are like that;
    bei mir machst du das lieber nicht you’d be advised not to try that with me, you’d better not try that with me;
    die Entscheidung liegt bei dir it’s your decision
    bei einer Aufführung mitwirken take part in a performance; bei Spielen:
    bei dieser Runde setze ich aus I’ll sit this round out
    6. von Werken, Künstlern etc: in the work of;
    bei Schiller steht in one of Schiller’s works it says, Schiller says;
    bei Tizian/den Romantikern findet man dieses Motiv you find this motif in the works of Titian/the Romantics
    7. zeitlich, Umstände, Zustände: zu einem gewissen Zeitpunkt: on, at;
    bei meiner Ankunft when I arrived, on my arrival;
    bei Sonnenaufgang/Sonnenuntergang at sunrise/sunset;
    bei schönem Wetter when the weather is fine;
    bei dieser Gelegenheit möchte ich …. I should like to take this opportunity to …;
    bei einem Unfall in an accident;
    Vorsicht bei Abfahrt des Zuges! take care when the train leaves; (während) during, at, by;
    bei Nacht at night;
    bei Tag during the daytime, by day;
    beim Unterricht during a ( oder the) lesson;
    bei einem Glas Wein over a glass of wine;
    beim Lesen der Zeitung fiel mir auf … while ( oder when) I was reading the paper it struck me …;
    bei der Arbeit einschlafen fall asleep while working;
    beim Essen/Schlafen/Schreiben etc while eating/sleeping/writing etc; (dabei, mit) with;
    hilfst du mir beim Umzug/bei der Arbeit? will you help me with my move/work;
    jemanden beim Namen nennen call sb by (his oder her) name; (im Falle von) if there is, in case of;
    bei Gefahr Knopf drücken press the button in case of danger;
    bei Regen wird das Fest verschoben if it rains the party will be postponed;
    bei Nebel if it is foggy;
    bei Glatteis Geschwindigkeitsbegrenzung auf 30 km speed limit 30 km if there is ice;
    Vorsicht bei Nässe! take care in wet conditions;
    beim nächsten Mal (the) next time;
    bei nächster Gelegenheit (the) next chance, at the first ( oder earliest) opportunity;
    bei Fieber Bettruhe halten stay in bed if you have a temperature;
    bei so etwas wird mir schlecht that sort of thing makes me feel ill;
    bei so etwas kann er nicht mitreden he has nothing to say about that sort of thing
    8. (unter) among;
    bei den alten Fotos among the old photos;
    heute war nichts für dich bei der Post there was nothing for you in the post (US mail) today;
    bei Strafe von under penalty of
    9. (betreffend):
    bei Alkohol muss ich aufpassen I have to be careful with alcohol;
    bei Geldfragen muss ich passen when it comes to (questions of) money, I have to pass;
    bei Männern hat sie Pech she’s unlucky with men
    bei deinem Gehalt! (you) with your salary!;
    bei meinem Gehalt kann ich mir das nicht leisten I can’t afford that on ( oder with) my salary;
    bei deiner Erkältung solltest du nicht rausgehen you should stay in with your cold ( oder with that cold of yours);
    bei 25 Euro pro Stunde at 25 euros an hour;
    bei so vielen Schwierigkeiten considering all the difficulties;
    bei so viel Hilfe sind wir schnell fertig with all this help we should be ready soon;
    bei der Lage der Dinge (with) matters ( oder things) the way they are;
    bei so vielen Teilnehmern können wir … with so many participants we can …;
    bei diesem Lärm/diesen Temperaturen kann man nicht schlafen with all this noise/with temperatures like this one can’t sleep
    11. (trotz):
    bei aller Liebe, das ist zu viel verlangt much as I sympathize - that’s asking too much;
    und das bei all seiner Mühe! and that in spite of all his efforts
    bei Kräften sein be in good health;
    bei guter Gesundheit sein be in good health;
    bei Besinnung sein be conscious;
    du bist wohl nicht (recht) bei Trost! you’re not in your right mind;
    er ist heute nicht bei Laune he’s not in a very good mood today;
    gut bei Kasse sein have plenty of money
    beim besten Willen with the best will in the world;
    bei Wasser und Brot with just bread and water;
    bei offenem Fenster with the window open;
    bei Kerzenlicht/Mondschein by candlelight/moonlight;
    bei Licht besehen ist es nur halb so schlimm seen in the light of day it’s not so bad;
    bei Tageslicht by daylight
    14. Maß:
    bei weitem by far
    15. Anrufung:
    schwören bei swear by;
    bei Gott! by God!;
    bei meiner Ehre! obs on my hono(u)r!;
    bei allem, was recht ist, das geht nun wirklich zu weit in all conscience, that’s going too far
    * * *
    1) (nahe) near; (dicht an, neben) by

    bei den Fahrrädern/Kindern bleiben — stay with the bicycles/children

    nicht [ganz] bei sich sein — (fig.) be not quite with it

    sich bei jemandem entschuldigen/erkundigen — apologize to somebody/ask somebody

    2) (unter) among
    3) (an) by
    4) (im Wohn-/Lebens-/Arbeitsbereich von)

    bei mir [zu Hause] — at my house

    bei uns um die Ecke/gegenüber — round the corner from us/opposite us

    wir treffen uns bei uns/Peter — we'll meet at our/Peter's place

    bei uns in Österreich — in Austria [where I/we come from/live]

    bei Schmidt — (auf Briefen) c/o Schmidt

    bei jemandem/einem Verlag arbeiten — work for somebody/a publishing house

    bei einer Hochzeit/einem Empfang — usw. at a wedding/reception etc.

    6) (im Werk von)

    bei Schiller heißt es... — Schiller says or writes that...

    7) (im Falle von) in the case of

    bei Sonnenaufgang/-untergang — at sunrise/sunset

    bei Tag/Nacht — by day/night

    bei Tag und [bei] Nacht — day and night

    ‘bei Feuer Scheibe einschlagen’ — ‘in case of fire, break glass’

    ‘bei Regen Schleudergefahr’ — ‘slippery when wet’

    11) (angesichts) with

    bei diesem Sturm/Lärm — with this storm blowing/noise going on

    bei all seinem Engagement/seinen Bemühungen — in spite of or despite or for all his commitment/efforts

    bei allem Verständnis, aber ich kann das nicht — much as I sympathize, I cannot do that

    bei meiner Ehre! — (veralt.) upon my honour!

    * * *
    (vollem) Verstand sein ausdr.
    to be in one's right mind expr.
    to be of sound mind expr. präp.
    at prep.
    by prep.
    next to prep.
    on prep.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > bei

  • 9 συνέρχομαι

    συνέρχομαι, [tense] fut.
    A

    - ελεύσομαι Plu.2.306e

    , Phintys ap. Stob.4.23.61; but the [dialect] Att. [tense] fut. is σύνειμι ( εἶμι ibo), q. v., with [tense] aor. 2 συνῆλθον ([dialect] Dor. part.

    συνενθόντες Abh.Berl.Akad.1925(5).21

     ([place name] Cyrene )) and [tense] pf. συνελήλυθα:— go together or in company,

    σύν τε δύ' ἐρχομένω Il.10.224

    .
    II come together, assemble, meet, Hdt.1.152, 3.159, 7.97, E.Ba. 714, Th.1.3, etc.;

    συνέρχεσθαι τοὺς συνέδρους IG42(1).68.66

     (Epid., iv B.C.);

    σ. ἐς τὠυτό Hdt.1.202

    ;

    εἰς ταὐτὸ εἰς μίαν νῆσον X.Ath.2.2

    ;

    εἰς τὸ κοινόν Pl.Lg. 680e

    ; εἰς ἓν ἱερόν ib. 767c;

    ἐνθάδε Ar.Lys.39

    ; δεῦρο ἐς Κλεισθένους ib. 621 (lyr.);

    ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν Id. Pax 632

     (troch.);

    ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων Th.5.55

    ; ἐς λόγους ς. Hdt.1.82, cf. Ar.Eq. 1300 (troch.): c. dat., without ἐς λόγους, BGU1778.2 (i B.C.);

    σύνελθε πρὸς Θέωνα PSI9.1079.3

     (i B.C.); ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα, i.e. the Dramatic ἀγών, D.21.55; and simply, ξ. τινί have dealings with, S.OT 572; σ. χοροῖς take part in.., E.Hel. 1468 (lyr.).
    2 in hostile sense, meet in battle,

    σ. ἐς πεδίον Hdt. 1.80

    ;

    εἰς μάχην Pl.Tht. 154e

    ;

    κάπρῳ γὰρ ὡς συνῆλθεν ἀντίαν ἔριν PCair.Zen.532.16

     (iii B.C.); also of the battle, μάχη ὑπό τινων ξυνελθοῦσα engaged in, contested by them, Th.5.74.
    3 come together, be united or banded together,

    ἐς τὠυτό Hdt.4.120

    ; φίλος φίλῳ ἐς ἓν ς. E.Ph. 462;

    δύο οἰκίαι σ. εἰς ταὐτόν Pl.Chrm. 157e

    ;

    σ. τοῦ ζῆν ἕνεκεν Arist.Pol. 1278b24

    ; σ. ἐπὶ κοινωνίᾳ βίω Phintys l.c.; form a league, of states, D.18.19; come together, after quarrelling, ἀδελφοὶ.. οὔτε ῥᾳδίως ς. Plu.2.481c.
    b of sexual intercourse,

    σ. τῷ ἀνδρί Hp.Mul.2.143

    ;

    σ. γυναιξί X.Mem.2.2.4

    , cf. Pl.Smp. 192e, Str.15.3.20; σ. εἰς ὁμιλίαν τινί, of a woman, D.S.3.58; freq. of marriage-contracts, BGU970.13 (ii A.D.), PGnom. 71, al. (ii A.D.), etc.: abs., of animals, couple, Arist.HA 541b34.
    4 c. acc. cogn., ταύτην τὴν στρατείαν ξ. joined in this expedition, Th.1.3 ( ξυνεξ- is prob. cj.); τὸ σὸν λέχος ξυνῆλθον shared thy bed, S.Aj. 491.
    III of things, to be joined in one,

    συνερχόμεν' εἰς ἕν Emp.17.7

    ; χάρις κείνου τέ σοι κἀμοῦ ξ. S.Tr. 619; τἀπ' ἐμοῦ τε κἀπὸ σοῦ ἐς ἓν ξ. E.Tr. 1155;

    σ. εἰς ἕν Arist.Cael. 288a16

    ; of one river joining another, Ar.Fr. 150 (dub.l.); of heavenly bodies, to be in conjunction, Arist.Mete. 343b31, 344a1; of a chasm, close, Plu.2.306e; so of a fistula, Meges ap.Orib.44.24.10.
    2 of events, concur, happen together, Hdt.6.77; τῆς τύχης οὕτω ς. Plu.Cam.13.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συνέρχομαι

  • 10 GANGA

    * * *
    I)
    (geng; gekk, gengum; genginn), v.
    1) to walk (reið jarl, en Karkr gekk);
    2) to go;
    ganga heim, to go home;
    ganga braut, to go away;
    ganga til hvílu, to go to bed;
    ganga á skip, to go on board;
    ganga af skipi, to go ashore;
    with infin., ganga sofa or at sofa, to go to sleep;
    ganga at eiga konu, to marry a woman;
    3) to go about grazing, to graze (kálfrinn gekk í túni um sumarit);
    4) of a ship, to run, sail (gekk skipit brátt út á haf);
    5) to stretch out, extend, project (nes mikit gekk í sæ út);
    6) of report, tales, to be current (litlar sögur megu ganga af hesti mínum);
    gekk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter the French tongue prevailed in E.;
    8) of money, to be current (peningar þeir, sem nú ganga);
    of laws, to be valid (þau lög, er gengu á Uppsalaþingi);
    of sickness, plague, famine, to rage (þá gekk landfarsótt, drepsótt, hallæri);
    9) to go on, last (gnustu þá saman vápnin, ok gekk þat um hríð);
    impers., gekk því lengi, so it went on for a long while;
    10) láta ganga e-t, to let go on;
    láta höggin ganga, to rain blows;
    Birkibeinar létu ganga lúðrana, blew the trumpets vigorously;
    ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do;
    impers., svá þykt, at þeim gekk þar eigi at fara, so close, that they could not go on there;
    þeim gekk ekki fyrir nesit, they could not clear the ness;
    12) to turn out, go in a specified way;
    ganga andæris, to go all wrong;
    gekk þeim lítt atsókinn, they made little progress with the attack;
    impers., e-m gengr vel (illa), one fares (goes on, gets on) well (badly);
    13) with acc., ganga e-n á bak, to force one to go backwards (harm gengr bjöninn á bak);
    14) with dat., to discharge (gekk bann þá blóði);
    15) with preps. and adverbs:
    ganga af e-u, to depart from, leave (þá gekk af honum móðrinn);
    ganga af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits;
    ganga af trú sinni, to apostatize;
    to pass (síðan gengu af páskarnir);
    to go off (gekk þegar af höfuðit);
    to be left as surplus (þat er af skuldinni gekk);
    nú gengr honum hey af, now he has some hay left;
    ganga af sér, to go to extremities, to go beyond oneself (mjök ganga þeir fóstbrœðr nú af sé);
    ganga aptr, to revert (return) to the former proprietor (síðan gengu þau lönd aptr undir Árna);
    to be void, annulled (þá skal kaup aptr ganga);
    of a ghost, to walk again; of a door, to close, shut (gekk eigi aptr hurðin);
    ganga at e-m, to attack one;
    ganga at e-u, to agree to, accept a choice or offer (Flosi gekk fljótt at þessu öllu); to fit (skaltu fá mér lukla þá, sem ganga at kistum yðrum);
    ganga á e-t, to encroach upon (ganga á ríki e-s); to break (ganga á orð sín, eiða, grið, sættir, trygðir); to pierce, penetrate;
    hann var í panzara, er ekki gekk á, that was proof against any weapons;
    ganga á vald e-s or e-m, ganga á hönd (hendr) e-m, to submit to, give oneself up to, surrender to one;
    ganga á bak e-u, to contravene;
    ganga eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (göngum heim eptir verðinu); to pursue, claim;
    ganga eptir, to prove true, be fulfilled (þetta gekk allt eptir, sem M. sagði fyrir);
    ganga frá e-u, to part with, lose (sumir munu ganga frá öllu fénu);
    ganga fram, to step forward;
    ganga fram vel, to go forward bravely, in a battle;
    to come to pass, come into execution (skal þess bíða, er þetta gengr fram);
    to increase (fé Hall gerðar gekk fram ok gørðist allmikit);
    to depart this life (H. bóndi gengr fram til frænda sinna);
    ganga fyrir e-n, to present oneself before one (ganga fyrir konung);
    ganga fyrir e-u, to take charge of, manage (var þar mart fólk, en húsbóndi gekk svá fyrir, at ekkert skorti); to yield to, be swayed by (hann gekk þá fyrir fortölum hennar);
    ganga í gegn e-m, to set oneself against one;
    ganga í gegn e-u, to confess, acknowledge;
    maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðst tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away;
    ganga í mál, to undertake a case;
    ganga með e-m (of a woman), to marry;
    ganga með barni, to be with child;
    ganga með burði (of animals), to be with young;
    ganga með e-u, to assist in, plead (ganga með máli, bónorði);
    ganga milli (á m., í m.), to go between, intercede;
    ganga móti (á m., í m.) e-m, to go to meet one;
    ganga móti e-u, to resist, oppose;
    to confess, = ganga í gegn, ganga við e-u;
    ganga nær e-m, to be troublesome to one (þótti hón œrit nær ganga Þórgerði);
    ganga e-m nær, to approach, come near to one (sá hefir á brott komizt, er næst gekk Gunnari um alla hluti);
    ganga saman, to marry;
    of an agreement, bargain, to be brought about;
    saman gekk kaupit með þeim, they came to a bargain;
    ganga sundr (í s.), to go asunder, part;
    ganga til, to go up to a thing (gangit til ok hyggit at); of the wind, to veer (veðrit gekk til útsuðrs);
    en þat gekk mér til þess (that was my reason), at ek ann þér eigi;
    hversu hefir ykkr til gengit, how have you fared?
    Loka gekk lítt til, it fared ill with L.;
    ganga um e-t, to go about a thing;
    ganga um beina, to wait upon guests;
    ganga um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker;
    ganga um e-n, to befall, happen to one (þess, er um margan gengr guma); of the wind, to go round, veer (gekk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim); to manage (fékk hón svá um gengit, at);
    g. undir e-t, to take upon oneself, undertake (a duty);
    ganga undir e-n, to subject oneself to;
    ganga upp, to be wasted (of money);
    to get loose, to he torn loose (þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir á húsinu);
    of a storm, gale, to get up, rise (veðr gekk upp);
    of an ice-bound river, áin var gengin upp, swollen with ice;
    ganga við staf, to walk with a stick;
    ganga við e-u or e-t, to avow;
    ganga yfir e-t, to go beyond, disregard (hann vildi eigi ganga yfir þat, er hann vissi réttast);
    ganga yfir e-n, to overcome, to befall, happen to one;
    slíkt sem yfir hefir gengit, all that has happened;
    eitt skal yfir okkr ganga, we shall share one fate;
    16) refl., gangast.
    f.
    1) walking (hann mœddist í göngu);
    vera í göngu, to be on foot, to walk;
    2) course (ganga tungls, vinds).
    * * *
    pret. gekk or gékk, 2nd pers. gékkt, mod. gékst; pl. gengu, geingu, or géngu, and an old poët. gingu; gengengu in Vsp. 12 is a mere misspelling (vide Sæm. Möb. 258); pres. geng, pl. göngum; pret. subj. gengi (geingi); imperat. gakk and gakktú; with the neg. suffix geng-at, gengr-at, gékk-at, gakk-attu, passim; a middle form göngumk firr, go from me, Gm. 1: a contracted form gá occurs now and then in mod. hymns; it is not vernacular but borrowed from Germ. and Dan.: [cp. Ulf. gaggan; A. S. and Hel. gangan; Scot. and North. E. gang, mod. Engl. go; Dan.-Swed. gange or gå; Germ. gehen; Ivar Aasen ganga: Icel., Scots, and Norsemen have preserved the old ng, which in Germ. and Swed.-Dan. only remains in poetry or in a special sense, e. g. in Germ. compds.]
    A. To go:
    I. to walk; reið jarl en Karkr gékk, Fms. i. 210, Rm. 1, 2, 6, 14, 23, 24, 30, Edda 10, Grág. ii. 95, passim; ganga leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, Fms. x. 290, Krók. 26: adding acc., g. alla leið, Fms. xi. 202, 299; g. berg, to climb a cliff; g. afréttar, to search the fell-pastures (fjallganga), Háv. 39; also g. ( to climb) í fjall, í kletta, Fms. x. 313: Icel. also say, ganga skó og sokka, to wear out shoes and socks; hann gékk tvenna skó; ganga berserks gang, q. v.
    β. absol. to go a-begging, Grág. i. 226, 232, Ísl. ii. 25; ganga vergang, húsgang, id. (göngumaðr).
    II. adding adverbs, infinitives, adjectives, or the like,
    α. an adverb denoting direction; g. út ok inn, Vkv. 4, Lv. 26; g. inn, Fms. i. 16, vi. 33; g. út, to go out, Lat. exire, Nj. 194; g. aptr, to return, Fms. x. 352; g. fram, to step forward, Hm. 1, Eg. 165; g. upp, to go up, ashore; g. ofan, niðr, to go down; g. heiman, 199; g. heim, to go home; gakk hingat, come hither! 488; g. móti, í gegn e-m, to go against, to meet one; g. braut, to go away; g. til e-s, or at e-m, to go to one; g. frá e-m, to leave one; g. með e-m, to go with one; g. hjá, to pass by; g. saman, to go together; g. yfir, to go over; g. gegnum, to go through; g. undir, to go under; g. undan, fyrir, to go before; g. eptir, to go behind; g. um, to rove, stroll about, and so on passim; g. í sæti, to go to one’s seat, take a seat, Eg. 551; g. til hvílu, to go to bed, Nj. 201; g. til matar, to go to dinner, Sturl. iii. 111, Eg. 483; g. til vinnu, verks, to go to one’s work, cp. Hm. 58; g. í kirkju, to go to church, Rb. 82; g. á fjall, to go on the fells, Hrafn. 34; g. á skip, to go on board, Fms. x. 10; g. af skipi, to go ashore.
    β. with infin., in old poems often dropping ‘at;’ ganga sofa, to go to sleep, Fm. 27; g. at sofa, Hm. 19; g. vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 56, Ls. 15; g. at eiga konu, to go to be married, Grág. i. 318.
    γ. with an adj.; g. hræddr, to be afraid; g. úviss, to be in ignorance, etc., Fms. vii. 271, Sks. 250, 688.
    2. in a more special sense; g. til einvígis, bardaga, to go to a duel, battle, Nj. 64; g. á hólm (hólmganga), Eg. 504, 506; g. á eintal, Nj. 103; g. til máls við e-n, to speak to one, Eg. 199, 764; g. í glímu, to go a-wrestling, Ísl. ii. 246; g. á fang, id., Ld. 206; g. í danz, to go a-dancing; g. til skripta, to go to shrift, Hom. 157; g. at brúðkaupi, to go to be married, Fms. vii. 278; g. í skóla, klaustr, to go to school, go into a cloister (as an inmate), (hence skóla-genginn, a school-man, scholar), Bs. passim; g. í þjónustu, to take service, Nj. 268; g. í lið með e-m, to enter one’s party, side with one, 100; g. í lög, to enter a league with one; g. ór lögum, to go out of a league, passim; g. í félag, ór félagi, id.; g. á mala, to take service as a soldier, 121; g. á hönd, g. til handa, to submit to one as a liegeman, surrender, Eg. 19, 33, Ó. H. 184, Fms. vii. 180; g. á vald e-m, to give oneself up, Nj. 267; g. á hendr e-m, to encroach upon, Ver. 56; g. í skuld, to bail, Grág. i. 232, Dipl. ii. 12; g. í trúnað, to warrant, Fms. xi. 356; g. til trygða, Nj. 166, and g. til griða, to accept truce, surrender, Fas. ii. 556; g. í mál, to enter, undertake a case, Nj. 31; g. í ánauð, to go into bondage, Eg. 8; g. til lands, jarðar, ríkis, arfs, to take possession of …, 118, Stj. 380, Grág., Fms. passim; g. til fréttar, to go to an oracle, take auspices, 625. 89; g. til Heljar, a phrase for to die, Fms. x. 414; g. nær, to go nigh, go close to, press hard on, Ld. 146, 322, Fms. xi. 240 (where reflex.); var sá viðr bæði mikill og góðr því at Þorkell gékk nær, Th. kept a close eye on it, Ld. 316.
    B. Joined with prepp. and adverbs in a metaph. sense:—g. af, to depart from, go off; þá gékk af honum móðrinn ok sefaðisk hann, Edda 28; þá er af honum gékk hamremin, Eg. 125, Eb. 136, Stj. 118; g. af sér, to go out of or beyond oneself; mjök g. þeir svari-bræðr nú af sér, Fbr. 32; í móti Búa er hann gengr af sér ( rages) sem mest, Fb. i. 193; þá gékk mest af sér ranglæti manna um álnir, Bs. i. 135: so in the mod. phrases, g. fram af sér, to overstrain oneself; and g. af sér, to fall off, decay: to forsake, g. af trú, to apostatize, Fms. ii. 213; g. af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits, go mad, Post. 656 C. 31; g. af Guðs boðorðum, Stj. passim: to pass. Páskar g. af, Ld. 200: to be left as surplus (afgangr), Rb. 122, Grág. i. 411, K. Þ. K. 92:—g. aptr, to walk again, of a ghost (aptrganga), Ld. 58, Eb. 278, Fs. 131, 141, passim; and absol., g. um híbýli, to hunt, Landn. 107: to go back, be void, of a bargain, Gþl. 491:—g. at e-m, to go at, attack, Nj. 80, 160: to press on, Grág. i. 51, Dipl. ii. 19 (atgangr): g. at e-u, to accept a choice, Nj. 256; g. at máli, to assist, help, 207: to fit, of a key, lykla þá sem g. at kístum yðrum, Finnb. 234, Fbr. 46 new Ed., N. G. L. i. 383: medic. to ail, e-ð gengr at e-m; ok gengr at barni, and if the bairn ails, 340, freq. in mod. usage of ailment, grief, etc.:—g. á e-t, to go against, encroach upon; ganga á ríki e-s, Fms. i. 2; g. upp á, to tread upon, vii. 166; hverr maðr er ólofat gengr á mál þeirra, who trespasses against their measure, Grág. i. 3: to break, g. á orð, eiða, sættir, trygðir, grið, Finnb. 311, Fms. i. 189, Ld. 234; g. á bak e-u, to contravene, Ísl. ii. 382; ganga á, to go on with a thing, Grág. ii. 363; hence the mod. phrase, mikið gengr á, much going on; hvað gengr á, what is going on? það er farið að g. á það (of a task or work or of stores), it is far advanced, not much left:—g. eptir, to go after, pursue, claim (eptirgangr), Nj. 154, Þórð. 67, Fms. vii. 5; g. eptir e-m, to humour one who is cross, in the phrase, g. eptir e-m með grasið í skónum; vertu ekki að g. eptir stráknum; hann vill láta g. eptir ser (of a spoilt boy, cross fellow): to prove true, follow, hón mælti mart, en þó gékk þat sumt eptir, Nj. 194; eptir gékk þat er mér bauð hugr um, Eg. 21, Fms. x. 211:—g. fram, to go on well in a battle, Nj. 102, 235, Háv. 57 (framgangr): to speed, Nj. 150, Fms. xi. 427: to grow, increase (of stock), fé Hallgerðar gékk fram ok varð allmikit, Nj. 22; en er fram gékk mjök kvikfé Skallagríms, Eg. 136, Vígl. 38: to come to pass, skal þess bíða er þetta gengr fram, Nj. 102, Fms. xi. 22: to die, x. 422:—g. frá, to leave (a work) so and so; g. vel frá, to make good work; g. ílla frá, to make bad work; það er ílla frá því gengið, it is badly done:—g. fyrir, to go before, to yield to, to be swayed by a thing; heldr nú við hót, en ekki geng ek fyrir slíku, Fms. i. 305; þó at vér gangim heldr fyrir blíðu en stríðu, ii. 34, Fb. i. 378, Hom. 68; hvárki gékk hann fyrir blíðyrðum né ógnarmálum, Fms. x. 292; hann gékk þá fyrir fortülum hennar, Bs. i. 742: in mod. usage reflex., gangast fyrir íllu, góðu: to give away, tók hann þá at ganga fyrir, Fb. i. 530: Icel. now say, reflex., gangast fyrir, to fall off, from age or the like (vide fyrirgengiligr): to prevent, skal honum þá eigi fyrnska fyrir g., N. G. L. i. 249; þá er hann sekr þrem mörkum nema nauðsyn gangi fyrir, 14; at þeim gangi lögleg forföll fyrir, Gþl. 12:—g. í gegn, to go against, to meet, in mod. usage to deny, and so it seems to be in Gþl. 156; otherwise in old writers it always means the reverse, viz. to avow, confess; maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðsk tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away, Ísl. ii. 331; ef maðr gengr í gegn legorðinu, Grág. i. 340; sá goði er í gegn gékk ( who acknowledged) þingfesti hans, 20; hann iðraðisk úráðs síns, ok gékk í gegn at hann hefði saklausan selt herra sinn, Sks. 584,—this agrees with the parallel phrase, g. við e-t, mod. g. við e-u, to confess, both in old and mod. usage, id.:—g. hjá, to pass by, to waive a thing, Fms. vi. 168:—g. með, to go with one, to wed, marry (only used of a woman, like Lat. nubere), þú hefir þvert tekit at g. með mér, Ld. 262, Sd. 170, Grág. i. 178, Þiðr. 209, Gkv. 2. 27, Fms. xi. 5: medic., g. með barni, to go with child, i. 57; with acc. (barn), Bs. i. 790, and so in mod. usage; a mother says, sama sumarið sem eg gékk með hann (hana) N. N., (meðgöngutími); but dat. in the phrase, vera með barni, to be with child; g. með burði, of animals, Sks. 50, Stj. 70; g. með máli, to assist, plead, Eg. 523, Fms. xi. 105, Eb. 210; g. með e-u, to confess [Dan. medgaae], Stj., but rare and not vernacular:—g. milli, to go between, intercede, esp. as a peacemaker, passim (milli-ganga, meðal-ganga):—g. í móti, to resist, Nj. 90, 159, 171: of the tide, en þar gékk í móti útfalls-straumr, Eg. 600:—g. saman, to go together, marry, Grág. i. 324, Fms. xi. 77: of a bargain, agreement, við þetta gékk saman sættin, Nj. 250; saman gékk kaupit með þeim, 259:—g. sundr, to go asunder, part, and of a bargain, to be broken off, passim:—g. til, to step out, come along; gangit til, ok blótið, 623. 59; gangit til, ok hyggit at, landsmenn, Fms. iv. 282: to offer oneself, to volunteer, Bs. i. 23, 24: the phrase, e-m gengr e-ð til e-s, to purpose, intend; en þat gékk mér til þess ( that was my reason) at ek ann þér eigi, etc., Ísl. ii. 269; sagði, at honum gékk ekki ótrúnaðr til þessa, Fms. x. 39; gékk Flosa þat til, at …, Nj. 178; gengr mér meirr þat til, at ek vilda firra vini mína vandræðum, Fms. ii. 171; mælgi gengr mér til, ‘tis that I have spoken too freely, Orkn. 469, Fms. vi. 373, vii. 258: to fare, hversu hefir ykkr til gengið, how have you fared? Grett. 48 new Ed.; Loka gékk lítt til, it fared ill with L., Fb. i. 276: mod., þat gékk svá til, it so happened, but not freq., as bera við is better, (tilgangr, intention):—g. um e-t, to go about a thing; g. um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker, Fms. v. 156; g. um beina, to attend guests, Nj. 50, passim: to manage, fékk hón svá um gengit, Grett. 197 new Ed.; hversu þér genguð um mitt góðs, 206: to spread over, in the phrase, má þat er um margan gengr; þess er um margan gengr guma, Hm. 93: to veer, go round, of the wind, gékk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim, the wind went round and a gale met them, Bs. i. 775:—g. undan, to go before, escape, Ver. 15, Fms. vii. 217, Blas. 49: to be lost, wasted, jafnmikit sem undan gékk af hans vanrækt, Gþl. 338: to absent oneself, eggjuðusk ok báðu engan undan g., Fms. x. 238:—g. undir, to undertake a duty, freq.: to set, of the sun, Rb. 468, Vígl. (in a verse): to go into one’s possession, power, Fms. vii. 207;—g. upp, to be wasted, of money, Fær. 39, Fms. ix. 354: of stones or earth-bound things, to get loose, be torn loose, þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir í húsinu, Landn. 185; flest gékk upp þat sem fyrir þeim varð, Háv. 40, Finnb. 248; ok gékk ór garðinum upp ( was rent loose) garðtorfa frosin, Eb. 190: to rise, yield, when summoned, Sturl. iii. 236: of a storm, gale, to get up, rise, veðr gékk upp at eins, Grett. 94, Bárð. 169; gengr upp stormr hinn sami, Bs. ii. 50: of an ice-bound river, to swell, áin var ákafliga mikil, vóru höfuðísar at báðum-megin, en gengin upp ( swoln with ice) eptir miðju, Ld. 46, Fbr. 20 new Ed., Bjarn. 52; vötnin upp gengin, Fbr. 114; áin var gengin upp ok íll yfirferðar, Grett. 134:—g. við, in the phrase, g. við staf, to go with a staff, rest on it: with dat., g. við e-u, to avow (vide ganga í gegn above):—g. yfir, to spread, prevail, áðr Kristnin gengi yfir, Fms. x. 273; hétu á heiðin goð til þess at þau léti eigi Kristnina g. yfir landit, Bs. i. 23: the phrase, láta eitt g. yfir báða, to let one fate go over both, to stand by one another for weal and woe; hefi ek því heitið honum at eitt skyldi g. yfir okkr bæði, Nj. 193, 201, 204, Gullþ. 8: so in the saying, má þat er yfir margan gengr, a common evil is easier to bear, Fbr. 45 new Ed. (vide um above); muntu nú verða at segja slíkt sem yfir hefir gengið, all that has happened, Fms. xi. 240; þess gengr ekki yfir þá at þeir vili þeim lengr þjóna, they will no longer serve them, come what may, Orkn. 84: to overrun, tyrannize over, þeir vóru ójafnaðar menn ok ganga þar yfir alla menn, Fms. x. 198 (yfirgangr): to transgress, Hom. 109: to overcome, þótti öllum mönnum sem hann mundi yfir allt g., Fms. vii. 326: a naut. term, to dash over, as spray, áfall svá mikit at yfir gékk þegar skipit, Bs. i. 422; hence the metaph. phrase, g. yfir e-n, to be astonished; það gengr yfir mig, it goes above me, I am astonished.
    C. Used singly, of various things:
    1. of cattle, horses, to graze (haga-gangr); segja menn at svín hans gengi á Svínanesi, en sauðir á Hjarðarnesi, Landn. 124, Eg. 711; kálfrinn óx skjótt ok gékk í túni um sumarit, Eb. 320; Freyfaxi gengr í dalnum fram, Hrafn. 6; þar var vanr at g. hafr um túnit, Nj. 62; þar var til grass (görs) at g., Ld. 96, Grág. passim; gangandi gripr, cattle, beasts, Bjarn. 22; ganganda fé, id., Sturl. i. 83, Band. 2, Ísl. ii. 401.
    2. of shoals of fish, to go up, in a river or the like (fiski-ganga, -gengd); vötn er netnæmir fiskar g. í, Grág. i. 149; til landauðnar horfði í Ísafirði áðr fiskr gékk upp á Kvíarmiði, Sturl. ii. 177; fiskr er genginn inn ór álum, Bb. 3. 52.
    3. of the sun, stars, vide B. above, (sólar-gangr hæstr, lengstr, and lægstr skemstr = the longest and shortest day); áðr sól gangi af Þingvelli, Grág. i. 24; því at þar gékk eigi sól af um skamdegi, Landn. 140, Rb. passim:—of a thunder-storm, þar gékk reiði-duna með eldingu, Fb. iii. 174:—of the tide, stream, water, vide B. above, eða gangi at vötn eða skriður, K. Þ. K. 78.
    4. of a ship, gékk þá skipit mikit, Eg. 390, Fms. vi. 249; létu svá g. suðr fyrir landit, Eg. 78; lét svá g. suðr allt þar til er hann sigldi í Englands-haf, Ó. H. 149; réru nótt ok dag sem g. mátti, Eg. 88; gékk skipit brátt út á haf, Ó. H. 136.
    β. to pass; kvað engi skip skyldi g. (go, pass) til Íslands þat sumar, Ld. 18.
    II. metaph. to run out, stretch out, project, of a landscape or the like; gengr haf fyrir vestan ok þar af firðir stórir, Eg. 57; g. höf stór ór útsjánum inn í jörðina; haf (the Mediterranean) gengr af Njörva-sundum (the Straits of Gibraltar), Hkr. i. 5; nes mikit gékk í sæ út, Eg. 129, Nj. 261; í gegnum Danmörk gengr sjór (the Baltic) í Austrveg, A. A. 288; fyrir austan hafs-botn þann (Bothnia) er gengr til móts við Gandvík (the White Sea), Orkn. begin.: frá Bjarmalandi g. lönd til úbygða, A. A. 289; Europa gengr allt til endimarka Hispaniae, Stj. 83; öllum megin gengr at henni haf ok kringir um hana, 85; þessi þinghá gékk upp ( extended) um Skriðudal, Hrafn. 24: of houses, af fjósi gékk forskáli, Dropl. 28.
    2. to spread, branch out; en af því tungurnar eru ólíkar hvár annarri, þær þegar, er ór einni ok hinni sömu hafa gengit eða greinzt, þá þarf ólíka stafi í at hafa, Skálda (Thorodd) 160: of a narrative, gengr þessi saga mest af Sverri konungi, this story goes forth from him, i. e. relates to, tells of him, Fb. ii. 533; litlar sögur megu g. af hesti mínum, Nj. 90; um fram alla menn Norræna þá er sögur g. frá, Fms. i. 81.
    III. to take the lead, prevail; gékk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter (i. e. after the Conquest) the Welsh tongue prevailed in England, Ísl. ii. 221; ok þar allt sem Dönsk tunga gengi, Fms. xi. 19; meðan Dönsk tunga gengr, x. 179:—of money, to be current, hundrað aura þá er þá gengu í gjöld, Dropl. 16; eigi skulu álnar g. aðrar en þessar, Grág. i. 498; í þenna tíð gékk hér silfr í allar stórskuldir, 500, Fms. viii. 270; eptir því sem gengr ( the course) flestra manna í millum, Gþl. 352:—of laws, to be valid, ok var nær sem sín lög gengi í hverju fylki, Fms. iv. 18; Óðinn setti lög í landi sínu þau er gengit höfðu fyrr með Ásum, Hkr. i. 13; þeirra laga er gengu á Uppsala-þingi, Ó. H. 86; hér hefir Kristindóms-bálk þann er g. skal, N. G. L. i. 339; sá siðr er þá gékk, Fb. i. 71, (vide ganga yfir):—of sickness, plague, famine, to rage, þá gékk landfarsótt, bóla, drepsótt, hallæri, freq.; also impers., gékk því hallæri um allt Ísland, Bs. i. 184; mikit hallæri ok hart gékk yfir fólkið, 486, v. l.; gékk sóttin um haustið fyrir sunnan land; þá gékk mest plágan fyrri, Ann. 1402, 1403.
    IV. to go on, last, in a bad sense, of an evil; tókst síðan bardagi, ok er hann hafði gengit um hríð, Fs. 48: impers., hefir þessu gengit ( it has gone on) marga manns-aldra, Fms. i. 282; gékk því lengi, so it went on a long while, Grett. 79 new Ed.; gékk þessu enn til dags, Nj. 272; ok gékk því um hríð, 201; ok gékk því allan þann dag, Fms. vii. 147; lát því g. í allt sumar, xi. 57; gengr þessu þar til er …, Fb. i. 258.
    V. denoting violence; létu g. bæði grjót ok vápn, Eg. 261; létu þá hvárir-tveggju g. allt þat er til vápna höfðu, Fms. ix. 44; láta höggin g., to let it rain blows, Úlf. 12. 40; háðung, spottyrði, hróp ok brigzl hver lét með öðrum g. á víxl, Pass. 14. 3, (vápna-gangr); Birkibeinar róa þá eptir, ok létu g. lúðrana, and sounded violently the alarum, Fms. ix. 50, (lúðra-gangr); láta dæluna g., to pour out bad language, vide dæla.
    VI. to be able to go on, to go, partly impers.; ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do, Fms. vi. 284; svá þykt at þeim gékk þar ekki at fara, they stood so close that they could not proceed there, Nj. 247; þá nam þar við, gékk þá eigi lengra, there was a stop; then it could go no farther, Fms. xi. 278; leiddu þeir skipit upp eptir ánni, svá sem gékk, as far as the ship could go, as far as the river was navigable, Eg. 127: esp. as a naut. term, impers., e. g. þeim gékk ekki fyrir nesið, they could not clear the ness; þá gengr eigi lengra, ok fella þeir þá seglið, Bs. i. 423; at vestr gengi um Langanes, 485, v. l.
    VII. with adverbs; g. létt, fljótt, to go smoothly; g. þungt, seint, to go slowly; oss munu öll vápna-viðskipti þungt g. við þá, Nj. 201; þungt g. oss nú málaferlin, 181; gékk þeim lítt atsóknin, Stj. 385; at þeim feðgum hefði þá allir hlutir léttast gengit, Bs. i. 274; seint gengr, Þórir, greizlan, Ó. H. 149; g. betr, verr, to get the better, the worse; gékk Ribbungum betr í fyrstu, Fms. ix. 313; gengu ekki mjök kaupin, the bargain did not go well, Nj. 157, cp. ganga til (B. above):—to turn out, hversu g. mundi orrostan, 273; gékk þá allt eptir því sem Hallr hafði sagt, 256; ef kviðir g. í hag sækjanda, if the verdict goes for the plaintiff, Grág. i. 87; þótti þetta mál hafa gengit at óskum, Dropl. 14; mart gengr verr en varir, a saying, Hm. 39; þykir honum nú at sýnu g. ( it seems to him evident) at hann hafi rétt hugsað, Fms. xi. 437; g. andæris, to go all wrong, Am. 14; g. misgöngum, to go amiss, Grág. i. 435; g. e-m í tauma, to turn false ( crooked); þat mun mér lítt í tauma g. er Rútr segir, Nj. 20; g. ofgangi, to go too high, Fms. vii. 269.
    VIII. of a blow or the like; hafði gengit upp á miðjan fetann, the axe went in up to the middle of the blade, Nj. 209; gékk þegar á hol, 60; gékk í gegnum skjöldinn, 245, Fb. i. 530.
    IX. of law; láta próf g., to make an enquiry; láta vátta g., to take evidence, D. N.
    X. to be gone, be lost; gékk hér með holdit niðr at beini, the flesh was torn off, Fb. i. 530: esp. in pass. part. genginn, dead, gone, eptir genginn guma, Hm. 71; moldar-genginn, buried, Sl. 60; hel-genginn, 68; afli genginn, gone from strength, i. e. powerless, Skv. 3. 13.
    β. gone, past; gengið er nú það görðist fyr, a ditty; mér er gengið heimsins hjól, gone for me is the world’s wheel ( luck), a ditty.
    XI. used as transit. with acc.; hann gengr björninn á bak aptr, he broke the bear’s back in grappling with him, Finnb. 248; ok gengr hana á bak, ok brýtr í sundr í henni hrygginn, Fb. i. 530.
    2. medic. with dat. to discharge; ganga blóði, to discharge blood (Dan. blodgang), Bs. i. 337, 383; Arius varð bráðdauðr ok gékk ór sér öllum iðrum, Ver. 47.
    D. REFLEX.:
    I. singly, gangask, to be altered, to change, be corrupted; gangask í munni, of tradition; var þat löng ævi, ok vant at sögurnar hefði eigi gengisk í munni, Ó. H. pref.; má því eigi þetta mál í munni gengisk hafa, Fb. ii. Sverr. S. pref.; ok mættim vér ráða um nokkut, at málit gengisk, that the case could miscarry, be lost, Glúm. 380:—láta gangask, to let pass. waive; lét Páll þá g. þá hluti er áðr höfðu í millum staðit, Sturl. i. 102; ef þú lætr eigi g. þat er ek kref þik, Fms. xi. 61.
    2. e-m gengsk hugr við e-t, to change one’s mind, i. e. to be moved to compassion, yield; sótti hón þá svá at honum gékksk hugr við, Eb. 264; þá gékksk Þorgerði hugr við harma-tölur hans, Ld. 232; ok mun honum g. hugr við þat, svá at hann mun fyrirgefa þér, Gísl. 98; nú sem hann grét, gékksk Ísak hugr við, Stj. 167; er sendimaðr fann at Birni gékksk hugr við féit, Ó. H. 194; við slíkar fortölur hennar gékksk Einari hugr (E. was swayed) til ágirni, Orkn. 24.
    II. with prepp. (cp. B. above); gangask at, to ‘go at it,’ engage in a fight; nú gangask þeir at fast, Dropl. 24, Ísl. ii. 267; gengusk menn at sveitum, of wrestlers, they wrestled one with another in sections (Dan. flokkevis), Glúm. 354; þeir gengusk at lengi, Finnb. 248:—gangask fyrir, vide B. above:—gangask í gegn, at móti, to stand against, fight against; at vér látim ok eigi þá ráða er mest vilja í gegn gangask (i. e. the extreme on each side), Íb. 12, cp. Fms. ii. 241; at þeir skipaði til um fylkingar sínar, hverjar sveitir móti skyldi g., i. e. to pair the combatants off, ix. 489; þeir risu upp ok gengusk at móti, Stj. 497. 2 Sam. ii. 15:—g. nær, to come to close quarters (Lat. cominus gerere), Nj. 176, Fms. xi. 240:—gangask á, to dash against one another, to split; á gengusk eiðar, the oaths were broken, Vsp. 30: to be squared off against one another, sú var görð þeirra, at á gengusk vígin húskarlanna, Rd. 288; ekki er annars getið en þeir léti þetta á gangask, i. e. they let it drop, Bjarn. 47; gangask fyrir, to fall off, Fms. iii. 255:—gangask við, to grow, gain strength; áðr en við gengisk hans bæn, before his prayer should be fulfilled, x. 258; ef þat er ætlað at trúa þessi skuli við g., Nj. 162; hétu þeir fast á guðin, at þau skyldi eigi láta við garrgask Kristniboð Ólafs konungs, Fms. ii. 32; þetta gékksk við um öll þau fylki, vii. 300; mikit gékksk Haraldr við (H. grew fast) um vöxt ok afl, Fb. i. 566; Eyvindr hafði mikið við gengizk um menntir, E. had much improved himself in good breeding, Hrafn. 24; vildi hann prófa hvárr þeirra meira hafði við gengisk, which of them had gained most strength, Grett. 107: to be in vogue, in a bad sense, ok löngum við gengisk öfund ok rangindi, Fms. i. 221, cp. Pass. 37. 7:—gangask ór stað, to be removed, Fms. xi. 107.
    III. in the phrase, e-m gengsk vel, ílla, it goes well, ill with one, Hom. 168, Am. 53; ílls gengsk þér aldri, nema …, the evil will never leave thee, thou wilt never be happy, unless …, 65.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GANGA

  • 11 committo

    com-mitto ( con-m-), mīsi, missum, 3, v. a.
    I.
    Of two or more objects, to bring, join, combine into one whole; to join or put together, to connect, unite.
    A.
    In gen. (rare; not in Cic.), constr. inter se, cum aliquā re, alicui, with in and acc., and with acc. only.
    (α).
    Inter se:

    res in ordinem digestae atque inter se commissae,

    Quint. 7, prooem. §

    1: per nondum commissa inter se munimenta urbem intravit,

    Liv. 38, 4, 8; cf. thus with inter se:

    oras vulneris suturis,

    Cels. 7, 19:

    duo verba,

    Quint. 9, 4, 33:

    easdem litteras,

    id. ib.:

    duo comparativa,

    id. 9, 3, 19.—
    (β).
    With cum:

    costae committuntur cum osse pectoris,

    Cels. 8, 1.—
    (γ).
    With dat.:

    viam a Placentiā ut Flaminiae committeret,

    Liv. 39, 2, 10:

    quā naris fronti committitur,

    is joined to, Ov. M. 12, 315:

    quā vir equo commissus erat,

    id. ib. 12, 478 (of a Centaur); cf.

    of Scylla: delphinum caudas utero commissa luporum,

    Verg. A. 3, 428:

    commissa dextera dextrae,

    Ov. H. 2, 31:

    medulla spinae commissa cerebro,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    moles, quae urbem continenti committeret,

    Curt. 4, 2, 16; Flor. 1, 4, 2 Duker.—
    (δ).
    With in and acc.:

    commissa in unum crura,

    Ov. M. 4, 580:

    committuntur suturae in unguem,

    Cels. 8, 1.—
    (ε).
    With acc. only: barbaricam pestem navibus obtulit, commissam infabre, Pac. ap. Non. p. 40, 31 (Trag. Rel. v. 271 Rib.):

    commissis operibus,

    Liv. 38, 7, 10:

    fidibusque mei commissa mariti moenia,

    Ov. M. 6, 178:

    (terra) maria committeret,

    Curt. 3, 1, 13; 7, 7, 14:

    noctes duas,

    Ov. Am. 1, 13, 46; cf.: nocte commissā. Sen. Herc. Oet. 1698:

    commissa corpore toto,

    Ov. M. 4, 369; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 248, 25: cervix committitur primo [p. 380] artu, Val. Fl. 4, 310:

    domus plumbo commissa,

    patched, Juv. 14, 310.—
    B.
    In partic., to set or bring men or animals together in a contest or fight, as competitors, etc., to set together, set on (freq. in Suet.;

    elsewhere rare): pugiles Latinos cum Graecis,

    Suet. Aug. 45:

    quingenis peditibus, elephantis vicenis, tricenis equitibus hinc et inde commissis,

    id. Caes. 39; id. Claud. 34:

    camelorum quadrigas,

    id. Ner. 11; Luc. 1, 97:

    victores committe,

    Mart. 8, 43, 3; cf. id. Spect. 28, 1:

    licet Aenean Rutulumque ferocem Committas,

    i.e. you describe their contest in your poem, you bring them in contact with each other, Juv. 1, 162:

    eunucho Bromium committere noli,

    id. 6, 378:

    inter se omnes,

    Suet. Calig. 56:

    aequales inter se,

    id. Gram. 17.—
    b.
    Trop., to bring together for comparison, to compare, put together, match:

    committit vates et comparat, inde Maronem, Atque aliā parte in trutinā suspendit Homerum,

    Juv. 6, 436; cf. Prop. 2, 3, 21; Mart. 7, 24, 1.—
    2.
    Transf., of a battle, war: proelium, certamen, bellum, etc.
    a.
    To arrange a battle or contest, to enter upon, engage in, begin, join, commence, Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77:

    proelii committendi signum dare,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 21:

    cum proelium commissum audissent,

    id. ib. 7, 62:

    commisso ab equitibus proelio,

    id. B. C. 1, 40:

    in aciem exercitum eduxit proeliumque commisit,

    Nep. Eum. 3 fin.; id. Hann. 11, 3; id. Milt. 6, 3; Just. 2, 12, 7; 15, 4, 22; 22, 6, 6:

    postquam eo ventum est, ut a ferentariis proelium committi posset,

    Sall. C. 60, 2:

    commisso proelio, diutius nostrorum militum impetum hostes ferre non potuerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 35; id. B. C. 1, 13; 2, 6 Kraner ad loc.:

    Caesar cohortatus suos proelium commisit,

    id. ib. 1, 25:

    utrum proelium committi ex usu esset, necne,

    id. ib. 1, 50; 1, 52; 2, 19; Nep. Milt. 5, 3:

    pridie quam Siciliensem pugnam classe committeret,

    Suet. Aug. 96:

    avidus committere pugnam,

    Sil. 8, 619:

    pugnas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 143:

    rixae committendae causā,

    Liv. 5, 25, 2:

    cum vates monere eum (regem) coepit, ne committeret, aut certe differret obsidionem,

    Curt. 9, 4, 27.—Of a drinking contest for a wager:

    a summo septenis cyathis committe hos ludos,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 19:

    nondum commisso spectaculo,

    Liv. 2, 36, 1:

    musicum agona,

    Suet. Ner. 23:

    aciem,

    Flor. 4, 2, 46:

    commissum (bellum) ac profligatum conficere,

    Liv. 21, 40, 11; 8, 25, 5; 31, 28, 1 al.; cf.:

    si quis trium temporum momenta consideret, primo commissum bellum, profligatum secundo, tertio vero confectum est,

    Flor. 2, 15, 2:

    committere Martem,

    Sil. 13, 155:

    quo die ludi committebantur,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 4, 6:

    ludos dedicationis,

    Suet. Claud. 21:

    ludos,

    Verg. A. 5, 113.—
    b.
    In gen., to maintain a contest, etc., to fight a battle, to hold, celebrate games, etc. (rare):

    illam pugnam navalem... mediocri certamine commissam arbitraris?

    Cic. Mur. 15, 33:

    levia inde proelia per quatriduum commissa,

    Liv. 34, 37, 7:

    commisso modico certamine,

    id. 23, 44, 5.—
    (β).
    Absol. (post-Aug. and rare):

    contra quem Sulla iterum commisit,

    Eutr. 5, 6; 9, 24; Dig. 9, 1, 1:

    priusquam committeretur,

    before the contest began, Suet. Vesp. 5.—
    3.
    In gen.: committere aliquid, to begin any course of action, to undertake, carry on, hold (rare):

    tribuni sanguine commissa proscriptio,

    Vell. 2, 64 fin.:

    judicium inter sicarios committitur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 11. —In part. perf.:

    egregie ad ultimum in audacter commisso perseveravit,

    Liv. 44, 4, 11; cf. id. ib. § 8; 44, 6, 14.—
    4.
    In partic., to practise or perpetrate wrong, do injustice; to commit a crime (very freq. and class.).
    (α).
    With acc.:

    ut neque timeant, qui nihil commiserint, et poenam semper ante oculos versari putent, qui peccaverint,

    Cic. Mil. 23, 61; cf. Quint. 7, 2, 30:

    commississe cavet quod mox mutare laboret,

    Hor. A. P. 168:

    ego etiam quae tu sine Verre commisisti, Verri crimini daturus sum,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11, 35:

    quantum flagitii,

    id. Brut. 61, 219:

    tantum facinus,

    id. Rosc. Am. 23, 65:

    virilis audaciae facinora,

    Sall. C. 25, 1:

    majus delictum,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 4:

    nil nefandum,

    Ov. M. 9, 626:

    nefarias res,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 1, 2:

    scelus,

    id. Sull. 2, 6; Dig. 48, 9, 7:

    adulterium,

    Quint. 7, 2, 11; 7, 3, 1:

    incestum cum filio,

    id. 5, 10, 19:

    parricidium,

    id. 7, 2, 2:

    caedem,

    id. 7, 4, 43; 10, 1, 12; 5, 12, 3:

    sacrilegium,

    id. 7, 2, 18:

    fraudem,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 31.— Aliquid adversus, in, erga:

    committere multa et in deos et in homines impie nefarieque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 2, § 6; cf.:

    in te,

    Verg. A. 1, 231:

    aliquid adversus populum Romanum,

    Liv. 42, 38, 3:

    aliquid erga te,

    Cic. Att. 3, 20, 3.—
    (β).
    Committere contra legem, in legem, lege, to offend, sin, commit an offence:

    quasi committeret contra legem,

    Cic. Brut. 12, 48:

    in legem Juliam de adulteriis,

    Dig. 48, 5, 39; 48, 10, 13:

    adversus testamentum,

    ib. 34, 3, 8, § 2:

    ne lege censoriā committant,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 16:

    lege de sicariis,

    Quint. 7, 1, 9. —
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    hoc si in posterum edixisses, minus esset nefarium... nemo enim committeret,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 43, § 110.—
    (δ).
    With ut, to be guilty or be in fault, so that, to give occasion or cause, that, to act so as that:

    id me commissurum ut patiar fieri,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 78:

    non committet hodie iterum ut vapulet,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 5:

    ego nolo quemquam civem committere, ut morte multandus sit: tu, etiam si commiserit, conservandum putas,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 5, 15:

    committere ut accusator nominere,

    id. Off. 2, 14, 50; so Liv. 25, 6, 17:

    non committam, ut tibi ipse insanire videar,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 5, 3; 3, 7, 3; id. Att. 1, 6, 1; 1, 20, 3; id. de Or. 2, 57, 233; id. Off. 3, 2, 6; Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1, Quint. 1, 10, 30; 5, 13, 27; Cic. Leg. 1, 13, 37.—More rare in a like sense,
    (ε).
    With cur or quare:

    Caedicius negare se commissurum, cur sibi quisquam imperium finiret,

    Liv. 5, 46, 6:

    neque commissum a se, quare timeret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 14.—
    (ζ).
    With inf.:

    non committunt scamna facere,

    Col. 2, 4, 3:

    infelix committit saepe repelli,

    Ov. M. 9, 632.—
    b.
    Poenam, multam, etc., jurid. t. t., to bring punishment upon one ' s self by an error or fault, to incur, make one ' s self liable to it:

    poenam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30; cf. Quint. 7, 4, 20; and:

    committere in poenam edicti,

    Dig. 2, 2, 4:

    ut illam multam non commiserit,

    Cic. Clu. 37, 103; Dig. 35, 1, 6 pr.—
    (β).
    Committi, with a definite object, to be forfeited or confiscated, as a penalty:

    hereditas Veneri Erycinae commissa,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 10, § 27; 2, 2, 14, § 36; so,

    commissae hypothecae,

    id. Fam. 13, 56, 2:

    commissa tibi fiducia,

    id. Fl. 21, 51:

    merces,

    Dig. 39, 4, 11, § 2:

    mancipium,

    ib. 39, 14, 6:

    praedia in publicum,

    ib. 3, 5, 12:

    hanc devotionem capitis esse commissam,

    incurred, Cic. Dom. 57, 145.—
    c.
    Also (mostly in jurid. Lat.) of laws, judicial regulations, promises, etc., that become binding in consequence of the fulfilment of a condition as the commission of a crime, etc.:

    in civitatem obligatam sponsione commissa iratis omnibus diis,

    a promise the condition of which has been fulfilled, Liv. 9, 11, 10 Weissenb. ad loc.; cf.:

    hanc ego devotionem capitis mei... convictam esse et commissam putabo,

    Cic. Dom. 57, 145:

    si alius committat edictum,

    transgresses, incurs its penalty, makes himself liable to, Dig. 37, 4, 3, § 11; cf.:

    commisso edicto ab alio filio, ib. lex 8, § 4: commisso per alium edicto, ib. lex 10, § 1 al.: statim atque commissa lex est,

    ib. 18, 3, 4, § 2:

    committetur stipulatio,

    ib. 24, 3, 56.
    II.
    To place a thing somewhere for preservation, protection, care, etc.; to give, intrust, commit to, to give up or resign to, to trust (syn.: commendo, trado, credo; very freq. and class.); constr. with aliquid ( aliquem) alicui, in aliquid, or absol.
    (α).
    Aliquid ( aliquem, se) alicui:

    honor non solum datus sed etiam creditus ac commissus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 14, § 35:

    nec illi (Catoni) committendum illud negotium, sed inponendum putaverunt,

    id. Sest. 28, 60:

    qui capita vestra non dubitatis credere, cui calceandos nemo commisit pedes?

    Phaedr. 1, 14, 16:

    ego me tuae commendo et committo fidei,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 47 (cf. id. And. 1, 5, 61):

    ne quid committam tibi,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 3, 21; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 15; id. And. 3, 5, 3; cf.:

    his salutem nostram, his fortunas, his liberos rectissime committi arbitramur,

    Cic. Off. 2, 9, 33; id. Att. 1, 13, 1; cf. id. ib. §

    4: tibi rem magnam,

    id. Fam. 13, 5, 1; id. Mil. 25, 68:

    quia commissi sunt eis magistratus,

    id. Planc. 25, 61:

    summum imperium potestatemque omnium rerum alicui,

    Nep. Lys. 1 fin.:

    domino rem omnem,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 67:

    caput tonsori,

    id. A. P. 301:

    ratem pelago,

    id. C. 1, 3, 11:

    sulcis semina (corresp. with spem credere terrae),

    Verg. G. 1, 223; cf.:

    committere semen sitienti solo,

    Col. 2, 8, 4:

    ulcus frigori,

    Cels. 6, 18, n. 2:

    aliquid litteris,

    Cic. Att. 4, 1, 8; so,

    verba tabellis,

    Ov. M. 9, 587:

    vivunt commissi calores Aeoliae fidibus puellae,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 11 al.:

    committere se populo, senatui, publicis praesidiis et armis (corresp. with se tradere),

    Cic. Mil. 23, 61; so,

    se urbi,

    id. Att. 15, 11, 1:

    se theatro populoque Romano,

    id. Sest. 54, 116:

    se proelio,

    Liv. 4, 59, 2:

    se pugnae,

    id. 5, 32, 4:

    se publico,

    to venture into the streets, Suet. Ner. 26:

    se neque navigationi, neque viae,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 8, 1; cf. id. Phil. 12, 10, 25; id. Imp. Pomp. 11, 31:

    se timidius fortunae,

    id. Att. 9, 6, 4:

    civilibus fluctibus,

    Nep. Att. 6, 1 al. —Prov.: ovem lupo (Gr. kataleipein oïn en lukoisi), Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 16.—
    (β).
    Aliquid ( aliquem, se) in aliquid (so esp. freq. in Liv.):

    aliquid in alicujus fidem committere,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 34; cf. Liv. 30, 14, 4:

    se in id conclave,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 23, 64:

    se in conspectum populi Romani,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 11, § 26; cf. Pompei. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, C, 2:

    se in senatum,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 2, 2; id. Ac. 2, 21, 68:

    summae fuisse dementiae dubiā spe impulsum certum in periculum se committere,

    id. Inv. 2, 8, 27:

    rem in casum ancipitis eventus,

    Liv. 4, 27, 6; cf.:

    duos filios in aleam ejus casus,

    id. 40, 21, 6:

    rem in aciem,

    id. 3, 2, 12; cf.:

    se in aciem,

    id. 7, 26, 11; 23, 11, 10;

    rempublicam in discrimen,

    id. 8, 32, 4; cf.:

    rerum summam in discrimen,

    id. 33, 7, 10. —
    (γ).
    Simply alicui, or entirely absol.:

    sanan' es, Quae isti committas?

    in trusting to him, Plaut. Curc. 5, 2, 55:

    ei commisi et credidi, Ter, Heaut. 5, 2, 13: haec cum scirem et cogitarem, commisi tamen, judices, Heio,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 7, § 16:

    universo populo neque ipse committit neque illi horum consiliorum auctores committi recte putant posse,

    id. Agr. 2, 8, 20:

    venti, quibus necessario committendum existimabat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 25:

    sed quoniam non es veritus concredere nobis, accipe commissae munera laetitiae,

    intrusted, Prop. 1, 10, 12:

    instant enim (adversarii) et saepe discrimen omne committunt, quod deesse nobis putant,

    often hazard the most important advantage, Quint. 6, 4, 17:

    cum senatus ei commiserit, ut videret, ne quid res publica detrimenti caperet,

    Cic. Mil. 26, 70.—With de:

    iste negat se de existimatione suā cuiquam nisi suis commissurum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 137. —Hence, P. a. as subst.: commissum, i, n.
    A.
    (Acc. to I. 3.) An undertaking, enterprise:

    nec aliud restabat quam audacter commissum corrigere,

    Liv. 44, 4, 8:

    supererat nihil aliud in temere commisso, quam, etc.,

    id. 44, 6, 14.—
    B.
    (Acc. to I. 4.) A transgression, offence, fault, crime:

    sacrum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    nisi aut quid commissi aut est causa jurgi,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 21:

    ecquod hujus factum aut commissum non dicam audacius, sed quod, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 26, 72; cf.

    turpe,

    Hor. C. 3, 27, 39:

    commissi praemia,

    Ov. F. 4, 590.—In plur.:

    post mihi non simili poenā commissa luetis,

    offences, Verg. A. 1, 136; so,

    fateri,

    Stat. S. 5, 5, 5:

    improba,

    Claud. Rapt. Pros. 2, 304.—
    2.
    Jurid. Lat., an incurring of fines, a confiscation or confiscated property, Suet. Calig. 41:

    in commissum cadere,

    Dig. 39, 4, 16:

    causa commissi,

    ib. 39, 4, 16 al.; 19, 2, 61 fin.:

    aliquid pro commisso tenetur,

    Quint. Decl. 341.—
    C.
    (Acc. to II.) That which is intrusted, a secret, trust:

    enuntiare commissa,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    commissa celare,

    Nep. Epam. 3, 2; cf. Juv. 9, 93:

    commissa tacere,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 84:

    prodere,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 95:

    retinent commissa fideliter aures,

    id. Ep. 1, 18, 70:

    commissum teges (corresp. with arcanum scrutaberis),

    id. ib. 1, 18, 38; cf. id. A. P. 200.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > committo

  • 12 conmitto

    com-mitto ( con-m-), mīsi, missum, 3, v. a.
    I.
    Of two or more objects, to bring, join, combine into one whole; to join or put together, to connect, unite.
    A.
    In gen. (rare; not in Cic.), constr. inter se, cum aliquā re, alicui, with in and acc., and with acc. only.
    (α).
    Inter se:

    res in ordinem digestae atque inter se commissae,

    Quint. 7, prooem. §

    1: per nondum commissa inter se munimenta urbem intravit,

    Liv. 38, 4, 8; cf. thus with inter se:

    oras vulneris suturis,

    Cels. 7, 19:

    duo verba,

    Quint. 9, 4, 33:

    easdem litteras,

    id. ib.:

    duo comparativa,

    id. 9, 3, 19.—
    (β).
    With cum:

    costae committuntur cum osse pectoris,

    Cels. 8, 1.—
    (γ).
    With dat.:

    viam a Placentiā ut Flaminiae committeret,

    Liv. 39, 2, 10:

    quā naris fronti committitur,

    is joined to, Ov. M. 12, 315:

    quā vir equo commissus erat,

    id. ib. 12, 478 (of a Centaur); cf.

    of Scylla: delphinum caudas utero commissa luporum,

    Verg. A. 3, 428:

    commissa dextera dextrae,

    Ov. H. 2, 31:

    medulla spinae commissa cerebro,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    moles, quae urbem continenti committeret,

    Curt. 4, 2, 16; Flor. 1, 4, 2 Duker.—
    (δ).
    With in and acc.:

    commissa in unum crura,

    Ov. M. 4, 580:

    committuntur suturae in unguem,

    Cels. 8, 1.—
    (ε).
    With acc. only: barbaricam pestem navibus obtulit, commissam infabre, Pac. ap. Non. p. 40, 31 (Trag. Rel. v. 271 Rib.):

    commissis operibus,

    Liv. 38, 7, 10:

    fidibusque mei commissa mariti moenia,

    Ov. M. 6, 178:

    (terra) maria committeret,

    Curt. 3, 1, 13; 7, 7, 14:

    noctes duas,

    Ov. Am. 1, 13, 46; cf.: nocte commissā. Sen. Herc. Oet. 1698:

    commissa corpore toto,

    Ov. M. 4, 369; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 248, 25: cervix committitur primo [p. 380] artu, Val. Fl. 4, 310:

    domus plumbo commissa,

    patched, Juv. 14, 310.—
    B.
    In partic., to set or bring men or animals together in a contest or fight, as competitors, etc., to set together, set on (freq. in Suet.;

    elsewhere rare): pugiles Latinos cum Graecis,

    Suet. Aug. 45:

    quingenis peditibus, elephantis vicenis, tricenis equitibus hinc et inde commissis,

    id. Caes. 39; id. Claud. 34:

    camelorum quadrigas,

    id. Ner. 11; Luc. 1, 97:

    victores committe,

    Mart. 8, 43, 3; cf. id. Spect. 28, 1:

    licet Aenean Rutulumque ferocem Committas,

    i.e. you describe their contest in your poem, you bring them in contact with each other, Juv. 1, 162:

    eunucho Bromium committere noli,

    id. 6, 378:

    inter se omnes,

    Suet. Calig. 56:

    aequales inter se,

    id. Gram. 17.—
    b.
    Trop., to bring together for comparison, to compare, put together, match:

    committit vates et comparat, inde Maronem, Atque aliā parte in trutinā suspendit Homerum,

    Juv. 6, 436; cf. Prop. 2, 3, 21; Mart. 7, 24, 1.—
    2.
    Transf., of a battle, war: proelium, certamen, bellum, etc.
    a.
    To arrange a battle or contest, to enter upon, engage in, begin, join, commence, Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77:

    proelii committendi signum dare,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 21:

    cum proelium commissum audissent,

    id. ib. 7, 62:

    commisso ab equitibus proelio,

    id. B. C. 1, 40:

    in aciem exercitum eduxit proeliumque commisit,

    Nep. Eum. 3 fin.; id. Hann. 11, 3; id. Milt. 6, 3; Just. 2, 12, 7; 15, 4, 22; 22, 6, 6:

    postquam eo ventum est, ut a ferentariis proelium committi posset,

    Sall. C. 60, 2:

    commisso proelio, diutius nostrorum militum impetum hostes ferre non potuerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 35; id. B. C. 1, 13; 2, 6 Kraner ad loc.:

    Caesar cohortatus suos proelium commisit,

    id. ib. 1, 25:

    utrum proelium committi ex usu esset, necne,

    id. ib. 1, 50; 1, 52; 2, 19; Nep. Milt. 5, 3:

    pridie quam Siciliensem pugnam classe committeret,

    Suet. Aug. 96:

    avidus committere pugnam,

    Sil. 8, 619:

    pugnas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 143:

    rixae committendae causā,

    Liv. 5, 25, 2:

    cum vates monere eum (regem) coepit, ne committeret, aut certe differret obsidionem,

    Curt. 9, 4, 27.—Of a drinking contest for a wager:

    a summo septenis cyathis committe hos ludos,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 19:

    nondum commisso spectaculo,

    Liv. 2, 36, 1:

    musicum agona,

    Suet. Ner. 23:

    aciem,

    Flor. 4, 2, 46:

    commissum (bellum) ac profligatum conficere,

    Liv. 21, 40, 11; 8, 25, 5; 31, 28, 1 al.; cf.:

    si quis trium temporum momenta consideret, primo commissum bellum, profligatum secundo, tertio vero confectum est,

    Flor. 2, 15, 2:

    committere Martem,

    Sil. 13, 155:

    quo die ludi committebantur,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 4, 6:

    ludos dedicationis,

    Suet. Claud. 21:

    ludos,

    Verg. A. 5, 113.—
    b.
    In gen., to maintain a contest, etc., to fight a battle, to hold, celebrate games, etc. (rare):

    illam pugnam navalem... mediocri certamine commissam arbitraris?

    Cic. Mur. 15, 33:

    levia inde proelia per quatriduum commissa,

    Liv. 34, 37, 7:

    commisso modico certamine,

    id. 23, 44, 5.—
    (β).
    Absol. (post-Aug. and rare):

    contra quem Sulla iterum commisit,

    Eutr. 5, 6; 9, 24; Dig. 9, 1, 1:

    priusquam committeretur,

    before the contest began, Suet. Vesp. 5.—
    3.
    In gen.: committere aliquid, to begin any course of action, to undertake, carry on, hold (rare):

    tribuni sanguine commissa proscriptio,

    Vell. 2, 64 fin.:

    judicium inter sicarios committitur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 11. —In part. perf.:

    egregie ad ultimum in audacter commisso perseveravit,

    Liv. 44, 4, 11; cf. id. ib. § 8; 44, 6, 14.—
    4.
    In partic., to practise or perpetrate wrong, do injustice; to commit a crime (very freq. and class.).
    (α).
    With acc.:

    ut neque timeant, qui nihil commiserint, et poenam semper ante oculos versari putent, qui peccaverint,

    Cic. Mil. 23, 61; cf. Quint. 7, 2, 30:

    commississe cavet quod mox mutare laboret,

    Hor. A. P. 168:

    ego etiam quae tu sine Verre commisisti, Verri crimini daturus sum,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11, 35:

    quantum flagitii,

    id. Brut. 61, 219:

    tantum facinus,

    id. Rosc. Am. 23, 65:

    virilis audaciae facinora,

    Sall. C. 25, 1:

    majus delictum,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 4:

    nil nefandum,

    Ov. M. 9, 626:

    nefarias res,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 1, 2:

    scelus,

    id. Sull. 2, 6; Dig. 48, 9, 7:

    adulterium,

    Quint. 7, 2, 11; 7, 3, 1:

    incestum cum filio,

    id. 5, 10, 19:

    parricidium,

    id. 7, 2, 2:

    caedem,

    id. 7, 4, 43; 10, 1, 12; 5, 12, 3:

    sacrilegium,

    id. 7, 2, 18:

    fraudem,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 31.— Aliquid adversus, in, erga:

    committere multa et in deos et in homines impie nefarieque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 2, § 6; cf.:

    in te,

    Verg. A. 1, 231:

    aliquid adversus populum Romanum,

    Liv. 42, 38, 3:

    aliquid erga te,

    Cic. Att. 3, 20, 3.—
    (β).
    Committere contra legem, in legem, lege, to offend, sin, commit an offence:

    quasi committeret contra legem,

    Cic. Brut. 12, 48:

    in legem Juliam de adulteriis,

    Dig. 48, 5, 39; 48, 10, 13:

    adversus testamentum,

    ib. 34, 3, 8, § 2:

    ne lege censoriā committant,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 16:

    lege de sicariis,

    Quint. 7, 1, 9. —
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    hoc si in posterum edixisses, minus esset nefarium... nemo enim committeret,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 43, § 110.—
    (δ).
    With ut, to be guilty or be in fault, so that, to give occasion or cause, that, to act so as that:

    id me commissurum ut patiar fieri,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 78:

    non committet hodie iterum ut vapulet,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 5:

    ego nolo quemquam civem committere, ut morte multandus sit: tu, etiam si commiserit, conservandum putas,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 5, 15:

    committere ut accusator nominere,

    id. Off. 2, 14, 50; so Liv. 25, 6, 17:

    non committam, ut tibi ipse insanire videar,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 5, 3; 3, 7, 3; id. Att. 1, 6, 1; 1, 20, 3; id. de Or. 2, 57, 233; id. Off. 3, 2, 6; Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1, Quint. 1, 10, 30; 5, 13, 27; Cic. Leg. 1, 13, 37.—More rare in a like sense,
    (ε).
    With cur or quare:

    Caedicius negare se commissurum, cur sibi quisquam imperium finiret,

    Liv. 5, 46, 6:

    neque commissum a se, quare timeret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 14.—
    (ζ).
    With inf.:

    non committunt scamna facere,

    Col. 2, 4, 3:

    infelix committit saepe repelli,

    Ov. M. 9, 632.—
    b.
    Poenam, multam, etc., jurid. t. t., to bring punishment upon one ' s self by an error or fault, to incur, make one ' s self liable to it:

    poenam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30; cf. Quint. 7, 4, 20; and:

    committere in poenam edicti,

    Dig. 2, 2, 4:

    ut illam multam non commiserit,

    Cic. Clu. 37, 103; Dig. 35, 1, 6 pr.—
    (β).
    Committi, with a definite object, to be forfeited or confiscated, as a penalty:

    hereditas Veneri Erycinae commissa,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 10, § 27; 2, 2, 14, § 36; so,

    commissae hypothecae,

    id. Fam. 13, 56, 2:

    commissa tibi fiducia,

    id. Fl. 21, 51:

    merces,

    Dig. 39, 4, 11, § 2:

    mancipium,

    ib. 39, 14, 6:

    praedia in publicum,

    ib. 3, 5, 12:

    hanc devotionem capitis esse commissam,

    incurred, Cic. Dom. 57, 145.—
    c.
    Also (mostly in jurid. Lat.) of laws, judicial regulations, promises, etc., that become binding in consequence of the fulfilment of a condition as the commission of a crime, etc.:

    in civitatem obligatam sponsione commissa iratis omnibus diis,

    a promise the condition of which has been fulfilled, Liv. 9, 11, 10 Weissenb. ad loc.; cf.:

    hanc ego devotionem capitis mei... convictam esse et commissam putabo,

    Cic. Dom. 57, 145:

    si alius committat edictum,

    transgresses, incurs its penalty, makes himself liable to, Dig. 37, 4, 3, § 11; cf.:

    commisso edicto ab alio filio, ib. lex 8, § 4: commisso per alium edicto, ib. lex 10, § 1 al.: statim atque commissa lex est,

    ib. 18, 3, 4, § 2:

    committetur stipulatio,

    ib. 24, 3, 56.
    II.
    To place a thing somewhere for preservation, protection, care, etc.; to give, intrust, commit to, to give up or resign to, to trust (syn.: commendo, trado, credo; very freq. and class.); constr. with aliquid ( aliquem) alicui, in aliquid, or absol.
    (α).
    Aliquid ( aliquem, se) alicui:

    honor non solum datus sed etiam creditus ac commissus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 14, § 35:

    nec illi (Catoni) committendum illud negotium, sed inponendum putaverunt,

    id. Sest. 28, 60:

    qui capita vestra non dubitatis credere, cui calceandos nemo commisit pedes?

    Phaedr. 1, 14, 16:

    ego me tuae commendo et committo fidei,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 47 (cf. id. And. 1, 5, 61):

    ne quid committam tibi,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 3, 21; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 15; id. And. 3, 5, 3; cf.:

    his salutem nostram, his fortunas, his liberos rectissime committi arbitramur,

    Cic. Off. 2, 9, 33; id. Att. 1, 13, 1; cf. id. ib. §

    4: tibi rem magnam,

    id. Fam. 13, 5, 1; id. Mil. 25, 68:

    quia commissi sunt eis magistratus,

    id. Planc. 25, 61:

    summum imperium potestatemque omnium rerum alicui,

    Nep. Lys. 1 fin.:

    domino rem omnem,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 67:

    caput tonsori,

    id. A. P. 301:

    ratem pelago,

    id. C. 1, 3, 11:

    sulcis semina (corresp. with spem credere terrae),

    Verg. G. 1, 223; cf.:

    committere semen sitienti solo,

    Col. 2, 8, 4:

    ulcus frigori,

    Cels. 6, 18, n. 2:

    aliquid litteris,

    Cic. Att. 4, 1, 8; so,

    verba tabellis,

    Ov. M. 9, 587:

    vivunt commissi calores Aeoliae fidibus puellae,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 11 al.:

    committere se populo, senatui, publicis praesidiis et armis (corresp. with se tradere),

    Cic. Mil. 23, 61; so,

    se urbi,

    id. Att. 15, 11, 1:

    se theatro populoque Romano,

    id. Sest. 54, 116:

    se proelio,

    Liv. 4, 59, 2:

    se pugnae,

    id. 5, 32, 4:

    se publico,

    to venture into the streets, Suet. Ner. 26:

    se neque navigationi, neque viae,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 8, 1; cf. id. Phil. 12, 10, 25; id. Imp. Pomp. 11, 31:

    se timidius fortunae,

    id. Att. 9, 6, 4:

    civilibus fluctibus,

    Nep. Att. 6, 1 al. —Prov.: ovem lupo (Gr. kataleipein oïn en lukoisi), Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 16.—
    (β).
    Aliquid ( aliquem, se) in aliquid (so esp. freq. in Liv.):

    aliquid in alicujus fidem committere,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 34; cf. Liv. 30, 14, 4:

    se in id conclave,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 23, 64:

    se in conspectum populi Romani,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 11, § 26; cf. Pompei. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, C, 2:

    se in senatum,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 2, 2; id. Ac. 2, 21, 68:

    summae fuisse dementiae dubiā spe impulsum certum in periculum se committere,

    id. Inv. 2, 8, 27:

    rem in casum ancipitis eventus,

    Liv. 4, 27, 6; cf.:

    duos filios in aleam ejus casus,

    id. 40, 21, 6:

    rem in aciem,

    id. 3, 2, 12; cf.:

    se in aciem,

    id. 7, 26, 11; 23, 11, 10;

    rempublicam in discrimen,

    id. 8, 32, 4; cf.:

    rerum summam in discrimen,

    id. 33, 7, 10. —
    (γ).
    Simply alicui, or entirely absol.:

    sanan' es, Quae isti committas?

    in trusting to him, Plaut. Curc. 5, 2, 55:

    ei commisi et credidi, Ter, Heaut. 5, 2, 13: haec cum scirem et cogitarem, commisi tamen, judices, Heio,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 7, § 16:

    universo populo neque ipse committit neque illi horum consiliorum auctores committi recte putant posse,

    id. Agr. 2, 8, 20:

    venti, quibus necessario committendum existimabat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 25:

    sed quoniam non es veritus concredere nobis, accipe commissae munera laetitiae,

    intrusted, Prop. 1, 10, 12:

    instant enim (adversarii) et saepe discrimen omne committunt, quod deesse nobis putant,

    often hazard the most important advantage, Quint. 6, 4, 17:

    cum senatus ei commiserit, ut videret, ne quid res publica detrimenti caperet,

    Cic. Mil. 26, 70.—With de:

    iste negat se de existimatione suā cuiquam nisi suis commissurum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 137. —Hence, P. a. as subst.: commissum, i, n.
    A.
    (Acc. to I. 3.) An undertaking, enterprise:

    nec aliud restabat quam audacter commissum corrigere,

    Liv. 44, 4, 8:

    supererat nihil aliud in temere commisso, quam, etc.,

    id. 44, 6, 14.—
    B.
    (Acc. to I. 4.) A transgression, offence, fault, crime:

    sacrum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    nisi aut quid commissi aut est causa jurgi,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 21:

    ecquod hujus factum aut commissum non dicam audacius, sed quod, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 26, 72; cf.

    turpe,

    Hor. C. 3, 27, 39:

    commissi praemia,

    Ov. F. 4, 590.—In plur.:

    post mihi non simili poenā commissa luetis,

    offences, Verg. A. 1, 136; so,

    fateri,

    Stat. S. 5, 5, 5:

    improba,

    Claud. Rapt. Pros. 2, 304.—
    2.
    Jurid. Lat., an incurring of fines, a confiscation or confiscated property, Suet. Calig. 41:

    in commissum cadere,

    Dig. 39, 4, 16:

    causa commissi,

    ib. 39, 4, 16 al.; 19, 2, 61 fin.:

    aliquid pro commisso tenetur,

    Quint. Decl. 341.—
    C.
    (Acc. to II.) That which is intrusted, a secret, trust:

    enuntiare commissa,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    commissa celare,

    Nep. Epam. 3, 2; cf. Juv. 9, 93:

    commissa tacere,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 84:

    prodere,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 95:

    retinent commissa fideliter aures,

    id. Ep. 1, 18, 70:

    commissum teges (corresp. with arcanum scrutaberis),

    id. ib. 1, 18, 38; cf. id. A. P. 200.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > conmitto

  • 13 συνίστημι

    συνίστημι, also [full] συνιστάνω (Plb.4.82.5, J.
    A BJ Prooem.5, Sor.1.126 ([voice] Pass.)); [full] συνιστάω (Arist.GA 777a6, Pr. 928a9, Conon 48, 2 Ep.Cor. 6.4; [tense] impf.

    συνίστα Plb.3.43.11

    , dub. in D.H.8.18): [tense] impf. συνίστην, [tense] fut. συστήσω, [tense] aor. 1 συνέστησα: trans. [tense] pf. συνέστᾰκα, found only in later texts, PSI9.1035.14 (ii A.D.), S.E.M.7.109, AP11.139 (Lucill.), Iamb.VP35.261:—set together, combine,

    τὰς χορδὰς ἀλλήλαις Pl.R. 412a

    ; τὰς ἄρκυς καὶ τὰ δίκτυα f.l. in X.Cyn.6.12.
    II combine, associate, unite,

    σ. τοὺς Ἀρκάδας ἐπὶ τῇ Σπάρτῃ Hdt.6.74

    , cf. 3.84;

    Πελοποννήσου τὰ δυνατώτατα Th.6.16

    ; ταύτας (sc. τὰς πόλεις) Isoc. 5.30;

    πόλεις πρὸς ἀλλήλας X.HG3.5.2

    ;

    τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους ἐς ξυνωμοσίαν Th.8.48

    ;

    τὰ πάντα ἀριθμοῖς S.E.M.7.109

    .
    b σ. Ἀσίην ἑωυτῷ unite Asia in dependence on himself, Hdt.1.103; μαντικὴν ἑωυτῷ συστῆσαι bring prophetic art into union with himself, i.e. win, acquire it, Id.2.49;

    σ. τινὰ ἀντίπαλον ἑαυτῷ X.Cyr.6.1.26

    ;

    σ. τισὶν ἡγεμόνα Plb.2.24.6

    , cf. 3.42.6, 15.5.5.
    2 contrive,

    σ. θάνατον ἐπί τινι Hdt.3.71

    ;

    ἐφ' ἡμᾶς πόλεμον D.15.3

    ;

    ἐπίθεσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς Σπαρτιάτας Arist.Pol. 1306b35

    ; σ. τιμάς settle prices, D.56.7.
    3 [voice] Med. in these senses,

    τὸ ὅλον συνίστασθαι Pl.Phdr. 269c

    ;

    τὸ δεῖπνον Diph.43.5

    : mostly [tense] aor. 1,

    μὴ ἐκ χρηστῶν καὶ κακῶν ἀνθρώπων συστήσηται πόλιν Pl.Plt. 308d

    ;

    οὐρανόν Id.Ti. 32b

    ; πᾶν τόδε ib. 69c, cf. R. 530a;

    πόλεμον Isoc. 10.49

    , Plb.2.1.1;

    σ. μοι μάχην PTeb.44.14

     (ii B.C.);

    πολιορκίαν Plb. 1.30.5

    ;

    κίνδυνον Id.3.106.4

    ;

    παρατάξεις D.S.1.18

    ;

    ἀντιλογίαν πρός με PGrenf.1.38.8

     (ii/i B.C.), cf. PSI3.167.14 (ii B.C.), Mitteis Chr. 31 iv 21 (ii B.C.);

    ἀηδίαν PLond.2.342.6

     (ii A.D.), BGU22.15 (ii A.D.); οὐδένα λόγον συνισταμένη πρὸς ἡμᾶς rendering no account to us. PAmh.2.31.17 (ii B.C.), cf. PRein.18.33 (ii B.C.);

    σ. ἀγῶνας Plu.Fab.19

    ;

    ἑορτήν Apollod.3.14.6

    ; ναυτικὰς δυνάμεις, μισθοφόρους, Plb.1.25.5, 4.60.5; also, arrange in order of battle, rally, Id.3.43.11, dub. in D.H. 8.18.
    4 Math., erect two straight lines from points on a given straight line so as to meet and form a triangle, in [voice] Pass., Arist.Mete. 376a2, b2, cf. Euc.1.7, Papp.106.12; of two arcs of great circles on a sphere, Id.476.19,22.
    5 of an author, compose, μύθους, τὴν Ὀδύσσειαν, etc., Arist.Po. 1455a22, 1451a29, etc.
    IV bring together as friends, introduce or recommend one to another,

    τινάς τινι Pl.La. 200d

    , cf. X.Smp.4.63; ἵνα τῳ τῶν.. σοφιστῶν.. συστήσω τουτονί, as a pupil, Pl.Thg. 122a;

    τινὰ ἰατρῷ σ. περὶ τῆς ἀσθενείας Id.Chrm. 155b

    ;

    σύστησον αὐτοὺς.. ὅπως πλέωσι PCair.Zen.2.2

     (iii B.C.), cf. 195.6 (iii B.C.), PMich.Zen.6.2,3 (iii B.C., [voice] Act. and [voice] Pass.):—[voice] Pass.,

    συνεστάθη Κύρῳ X.An.3.1.8

    ; Κύρῳ συσταθησόμενος ib.6.1.23, cf. PCair.Zen.447.1,11 (iii B.C.), Phld.Acad.Ind. p.49 M.; ἔχειν τινὰ συνεσταμένον, συνιστάμενον, regard him as introduced or recommended, POxy.787 (i A.D.), PHolm.p.42.
    b recommend, secure approval of a course of action, SIG679.90 (Magn. Mae., ii B.C.):— [voice] Med., recommend persons for appointment, PLond.3.1249.7 (iv A.D.).
    e appoint to a charge, LXXNu.27.23; appoint a representative,

    σ. ἀντ' ἐμαυτῆς τὸν ἕτερον ἐμοῦ ἀδελφόν PTeb.317.10

     (ii A.D.);

    συνέστησά σε φροντιοῦντά μου τῶν ὑπαρχόντων BGU300.3

    , cf. 20 (ii A.D.):—[voice] Pass., Sammelb.4512.39 (ii B.C.);

    ἐπίτροπος συσταθείς CPHerm.55.5

     (iii A.D.);

    συσταθεὶς συνήγορος Plu.2.840e

    .
    V make solid or firm, brace up,

    τὸ σῶμα Hp.Aph.3.17

    , cf. Thphr.CP1.8.3; σ. [τὰ ἴχνη] sets them, X.Cyn.5.3; ὑπὲρ τοῦ συνεστῶτος [τοῦ τείχους], i.e. the unbroken part, Jul.Or.2.64c; contract, condense, opp. διακρίνω or διαλύω, Arist.GC 336a4, Cael. 280a12; of liquids, make them congeal, curdle,

    γάλα Poll.1.251

    ;

    φλέγμα Hp.Vict.2.54

     (v.l.): metaph., συστήσας τὸ πρόσωπον with a frown, Plu.2.152b.
    VI exhibit, give proof of,

    εὔνοιαν Plb.4.5.6

    ;

    σ. ὅτι.. Id.3.108.4

    : c. acc. et inf., D.S.14.45: c. part.,

    σ. τινὰς ὄντας Id.13.91

    .
    2 prove, establish, Phld.Sign.4, Rh.1.112S.
    B [voice] Pass., with [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Act. συνέστην: [tense] pf. συνέστηκα, part. συνεστηκώς, [var] contr. συνεστώς, ῶσα, ώς or ός (Pl.Ti. 56b), [dialect] Ion. συνεστεώς, εῶσα (neut. not found), Hdt.1.74, 6.108: [tense] fut.

    συσταθήσομαι X.An.6.1.23

    , Arist.Mete. 376a2; [tense] fut.[voice] Med.

    ξυστήσομαι A.Th. 435

    , 509, 672, Pl.Ti. 54c: [tense] aor. [voice] Pass. συνεστάθην [ᾰ] X.An.3.1.8, al., PCair.Zen.447.1,11 (iii B.C.), PTeb.27.35 (ii B.C.), etc.:— stand together, περὶ τὸν τρίποδα (of statues) Hdt.8.27; opp. διίστασθαι, X.Cyn.6.16; of soldiers, form in order of battle, Id.An.5.7.16, 6.5.28, al.; συστάντες ἁθρόοι ib.7.3.47.
    3 to be involved or implicated in a thing, λιμῷ, πόνῳ, λιμῷ καὶ καμάτῳ, Hdt.7.170, 8.74, 9.89;

    ἀλγηδόνος ᾇ ξυνέστας S.OC 514

     (lyr.);

    συνεστῶτες ἀγῶνι ναυτικῷ Th.4.55

    ; καρτερᾷ μάχῃ ib.96.
    III of friends, form a league or union, band together, Id.6.21,33, etc.; κατὰ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ξ. Id.2.88;

    ἀλλήλοις X.HG2.1.1

    ; ξυνίστασθαι πρὸς ἑκατέρους league themselves with one side or the other, Th.1.1, cf. 15;

    μετά τινος D.34.34

    , etc.; ἐπί τινας against them, Lys.22.17, cf. 30.10 (abs.); καί μ' οὐ λέληθεν οὐδὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει ξυνιστάμενον no conspiracy, Ar.Eq. 863, cf. X.Cyr.1.1.2; οἱ συνιστάμενοι the conspirators, Ar.Lys. 577 (anap.);

    τὸ ξυνεστηκός Th.8.66

    .
    2 generally, to be connected or allied, as by marriage, c. acc. cogn.,

    λέχος Ἡρακλεῖ ξυστᾶσα S.Tr.28

    : in magic,

    συνιστάνου.. τοῖς.. θεοῖς

     put yourself into connexion with.., PMag. Leid.W.

    1.29

    ;

    συσταθεὶς πρὸ<ς> τὸν ἥλιον PMag.Par.1.168

    : in law,

    Αὐρηλία Βησοῦς μετὰ συνεστῶτος Αὐρηλίου Θέωνος A.

     B. acting with A. T., POxy.912.4 (iii A.D.), cf. Sammelb.7338.5 (iii/iv A.D.).
    IV to come or be put together, of parts,

    συνιστάμεν' ἄλλοθεν ἄλλα Emp. 35.6

    , cf. E.Fr.910.6 (anap.), Pl.R. 530a;

    ἐπειδὴ πάντα συνειστήκει X.Cyr.6.1.54

    ;

    σ. ἐξ ὀλιγίστων μερῶν Pl.Ti. 56b

    , cf. 54c; ἡ πόλις ἐξ οἰκιῶν ς. X.Mem.3.6.14; ἐξ ὧν ὁ κόσμος ς. Arist.EN 1141b2; esp. in military sense, ξυνεστὼς στρατός an organized army, E.IA 87; ἱππικὸν συνεστηκός an organized force of cavalry, X.An.7.6.26; τὸ συνεστηκὸς στράτευμα the organized force, D.8.17,46.
    c arise, take shape or body,

    τὸ συνιστάμενον κακόν D.18.62

    , cf. 6.35;

    πόλις οὕτω συστᾶσα Pl.R. 546a

    ; ἐνταῦθα συνίστανται [ψύλλαι] Arist. HA 556b26, cf. Thphr.CP4.4.10, Sor.2.37, al., Gal.Vict.Att.9; σ. ἀπό τινος arise from.., Phld.Ir.p.76W.
    d in [tense] aor. 2 and [tense] pf., come into existence, exist,

    μεγάλη συνέστη δύναμις βασιλέων Pl.Ti. 25a

    ;

    συμμαχία ἡ περὶ Κόρινθον συστᾶσα Isoc.4.142

    ;

    τοῦ καιροῦ τῆς τῶν γενημάτων συναγωγῆς συνεστηκότος PSI3.173.12

     (ii B.C.);

    κεχωρίσθαι ἀπ' ἀλλήλων τῆς συστάσης αὐτοῖς συμβιώσεως BGU1102.9

     (i B.C.);

    οἰκία.. σὺν τοῖς συνεστῶσι μέτροις καὶ πηχισμοῖς καὶ συνεστῶσι θεμελίοις Sammelb.5247.6

    ,11 (i A.D.).
    V to be compact, solid, firm,

    οὔτε σκιδνάμενον οὔτε συνιστάμενον Parm.2.4

    ; συνεστῶτα σώματα, of animals in good condition, X.Cyn.7.8, cf. Pl.Ti. 83a; acquire substance or consistency, of eggs, Arist.HA 567a28; of blood, honey, milk, ib. 516a5, 554a6, Hp.Vict.2.51; of the embryo,

    συνίσταται καὶ λαμβάνει τὴν οἰκείαν μορφήν Arist.GA 733b20

    ; of the brain, ib. 744a22; of the bowels, Hp.Epid.3.17.ά, Coac. 589; ῥεῦμα συνεστηκός concentrated, Id.Medic.7; συνεστηκυῖα χιών congealed, frozen, Plb.3.55.2.
    VII συνέστηκε c. acc. et inf., it is well known that.., = Lat. constat, Marcian.Peripl.1 Prooem.
    VIII to be weighed together,

    συνεστάθη Inscr.Délos 1423

    Aai17, 1429Bi3 (ii B.C.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συνίστημι

  • 14 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 15 aptus

        aptus P. and adj.    [P. of *apo; cf. apiscor].    I. As part, fastened, joined, fitted, bound, attached: gladium e setā. — Fig., depending upon, arising from: causae aliae ex aliis aptae: ex verbis ius: vita apta virtute: rudentibus fortuna, dependent on cables. — Fitted together, connected, joined: apta dissolvere... dissipata conectere: omnia inter se apta et conexa. — Poet., adorned, fitted: caelum stellis, studded, V. —    II. adj. with comp. and sup, suited, suitable, proper, ready, fit, appropriate, adapted, conformable: locus ad insidias aptior: castra ad bellum ducendum aptissima, C.: genera dicendi aptiora adulescentibus: dies sacrificio, L.: portūs puppibus, O.: amicis, serviceable, H.: pinus antemnis ferendis, O.: formas deus in omnes, easily changed into, O.: aptior persona, quae loqueretur: apta (ficus) legi, O.: saltūs eligit aptos, promising, O.: lar, satisfactory, H.: exercitus, ready for battle, L. — Of style: oratio.
    * * *
    apta -um, aptior -or -us, aptissimus -a -um ADJ
    suitable, adapted; ready; apt, proper; tied, attached to; dependent on (w/ex)

    Latin-English dictionary > aptus

  • 16 capio

    1.
    căpĭo, cepi, captum (old fut. perf. capso, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 61: capsit, Enn. ap. Non. p. 66, 27, or Ann. v. 324 Vahl.; Plaut. Ps. 4, 3, 6; Att. ap. Non. p. 483, 12, or Trag. Rel. v. 454 Rib.; Paul. ex. Fest. p. 57 Mull.:

    capsimus,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 1, 15: capsis, acc. to Cic. Or. 45, 154, = cape si vis, but this is an error; cf. Quint. 1, 5, 66; old perf. cepet, Col. Rostr. 5; v. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 170), 3, v. a. [cf. kôpê, handle; Lat. capulum; Engl. haft; Germ. Heft; Sanscr. root hri-, take; cf. Gr. cheir, Engl. and Germ. hand, and Goth. hinthan, seize].
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., to take in hand, take hold of, lay hold of, take, seize, grasp (cf.:

    sumo, prehendo): si hodie hercule fustem cepero aut stimulum in manum,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 9:

    cape hoc flabellum,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 47:

    cepit manibus tympanum,

    Cat. 6, 3, 8:

    tu, genitor, cape sacra manu patriosque Penatis,

    Verg. A. 2, 717:

    cape saxa manu, cape robora, pastor,

    id. G. 3, 420:

    flammeum,

    Cat. 61, 8:

    acria pocula,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 69:

    lora,

    Prop. 3 (4), 9, 57:

    baculum,

    Ov. M. 2, 789:

    colum cum calathis,

    id. ib. 12, 475:

    florem ternis digitis,

    Plin. 24, 10, 48, § 81:

    pignera,

    Liv. 3, 38, 12; Dig. 48, 13, 9, § 6; Gai Inst. 4, 29:

    ut is in cavea pignus capiatur togae,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 68: rem manu, Gai Inst. 1, 121:

    rem pignori,

    Dig. 42, 1, 15, § 7; cf. ib. 42, 1, 15, § 4:

    scutum laeva,

    Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 13:

    capias tu illius vestem,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 79: cape vorsoriam, seize the sheet, i. e. take a tack, turn about, Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 19.—Very freq. of arms (cf. sumo); so in gen.: arma, to take up arms, i. e. engage in war or battle, Cic. Rab. Perd. 7, 20 sq.; 9, 27; 11, 31; id. Planc. 36, 88; id. Phil. 4, 3, 7; Caes. B.G. 5, 26; 7, 4; Sall. C. 27, 4; 30, 1; 33, 2; 52, 27; id. J. 38, 5; 102, 12; Ov. M. 3, 115 sq.; 12, 91; 13, 221;

    and of particular weapons: ensem,

    Ov. M. 13, 435:

    tela,

    id. ib. 3, 307; 5, 366 et saep.—Of food, to take, partake of:

    quicum una cibum Capere soleo,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 61; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 77; Sall. J. 91, 2:

    lauti cibum capiunt,

    Tac. G. 22.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of living objects.
    a. (α).
    Of persons:

    oppidum expugnavimus, et legiones Teleboarum vi pugnando cepimus,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 258: summus ibi capitur meddix, occiditur alter, Enn. ap. Paul. ex Fest. p. 123 Mull. (Ann. v. 296 Vahl.):

    quoniam belli nefarios duces captos jam et comprehensos tenetis,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 7, 16:

    ibi Orgetorigis filia atque unus e filiis captus est,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26:

    reges capiuntur,

    Lucr. 4, 1013; Tac. A. 4, 33:

    capta eo proelio tria milia peditum dicuntur,

    Liv. 22, 49, 18:

    quos Byzantii ceperat,

    Nep. Paus. 2, 3; id. Alcib. 9, 2; id. Dat. 2, 5; Quint. 6, 3, 61:

    captos ostendere civibus hostes,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 33:

    captus Tarento Livius,

    Cic. Brut. 18, 72:

    servus ex hoste captus,

    Quint. 5, 10, 67.—Hence, P. a. as subst.: captus, i, m., = captivus, a prisoner, captive:

    in captos clementia uti,

    Nep. Alcib. 5, 7:

    inludere capto,

    Verg. A. 2, 64:

    quae sit fiducia capto,

    id. ib. 2, 75:

    ex captorum numero,

    Liv. 28, 39, 10; Tac. A. 6, 1; 12, 37; 15, 1.—Also, capta, ae, f., a female captive:

    dicam hanc esse captam ex Caria, Ditem ac nobilem,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 47.—
    (β).
    Of animals, birds, fish, etc., to catch, hunt down, take: quid hic venatu non cepit? Varr. ap. Non. p. 253, 31:

    si ab avibus capiundis auceps dicatur, debuisse ajunt ex piscibus capiundis, ut aucupem, sic piscicupem dici,

    id. L. L. 8, § 61 Mull.:

    hic jaculo pisces, illa capiuntur ab hamis,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 763:

    neque quicquam captum'st piscium,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 1, 12; cf.:

    nisi quid concharum capsimus,

    id. ib. v. 18; Cic. Off. 3, 14, 58; Plin. 33, 1, 6, § 27: acipenserem, Cic. ap. Macr. S. 2, 12:

    cervum,

    Phaedr. 1, 5, 5; cf.:

    hic (Nereus) tibi prius vinclis capiendus,

    Verg. G. 4, 396.—
    b.
    To win, captivate, charm, allure, enchain, enslave, fascinate; mostly with abl. of means: Ph. Amore ardeo. Pa. Quid agas? nisi ut te redimas captum quam queas Minumo, Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 29:

    quod insit in iis aliquid probi, quod capiat ignaros,

    Cic. Off. 3, 3, 15: [p. 284] animum adulescentis... pellexit eis omnibus rebus, quibus illa aetas capi ac deleniri potest, id. Clu. 5, 13:

    quamvis voluptate capiatur,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 105; Quint. 5, 11, 19:

    quem quidem adeo sua cepit humanitate,

    Nep. Alcib. 9, 3:

    secum habuit Pomponium, captus adulescentis et humanitate et doctrina,

    id. Att. 4, 1:

    nec bene promeritis capitur (deus), nec tangitur ira,

    Lucr. 2, 651: ut pictura poesis;

    erit quae si propius stes Te capiat magis, et quaedam si longius abstes,

    Hor. A. P. 362:

    hunc capit argenti splendor,

    id. S. 1, 4, 28:

    te conjux aliena capit,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 46:

    Cynthia prima suis miserum me cepit ocellis,

    Prop. 1, 1, 1:

    carmine formosae, pretio capiuntur avarae,

    Tib. 3, 1, 7:

    munditiis capimur,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 133; id. M. 4, 170; 6, 465; 7, 802; 8, 124; 8, 435; 9, 511; 10, 529;

    14, 373: amore captivae victor captus,

    Liv. 30, 12, 18:

    dulcedine vocis,

    Ov. M. 1, 709; 11, 170:

    voce nova,

    id. ib. 1, 678:

    temperie aquarum,

    id. ib. 4, 344:

    (bos) herba captus viridi,

    Verg. E. 6, 59:

    amoenitate loci,

    Tac. A. 18, 52:

    auro,

    Hor. C. 2, 18, 36:

    neque honoris neque pecuniae dulcedine sum captus,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:

    splendore hominis,

    id. Fin. 1, 13, 42: ne oculis quidem captis in hanc fraudem decidisti;

    nam id concupisti quod numquam videras,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 45, § 102.—
    c.
    To cheat, seduce, deceive, mislead, betray, delude, catch:

    sapientis hanc vim esse maximam, cavere ne capiatur, ne fallatur videre,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 20, 66:

    injurium autem'st ulcisci advorsarios? Aut qua via te captent eadem ipsos capi?

    Ter. Hec. 1, 1, 16: uti ne propter te fidemque tuam captus fraudatusque sim, form. ap. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 70:

    eodem captus errore quo nos,

    involved in the same error, Cic. Phil. 12, 2, 6; id. ap. Non. p. 253, 25; cf.:

    ne quo errore milites caperentur,

    Liv. 8, 6, 16:

    capere ante dolis Reginam,

    Verg. A. 1, 673:

    captique dolis lacrimisque coactis (Sinonis),

    id. ib. 2, 196:

    ubi me eisdem dolis non quit capere,

    Sall. J. 14, 11:

    adulescentium animi molles et aetate fluxi dolis haud difficulter capiebantur,

    id. C. 14, 5:

    capi alicujus dolo,

    Nep. Dat. 10, 1:

    dolum ad capiendos eos conparant,

    Liv. 23, 35, 2:

    quas callida Colchis (i.e. Medea) amicitiae mendacis imagine cepit,

    Ov. M. 7, 301.—
    d.
    To defeat, convict, overcome in a suit or dispute (rare):

    tu si me impudicitiae captas, non potes capere,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 189:

    tu caves ne tui consultores, ille ne urbes aut castra capiantur (cf. B. 2. b. infra),

    Cic. Mur. 9, 22:

    callidus et in capiendo adversario versutus (orator),

    id. Brut. 48, 178.—
    e. (α).
    Of the physical powers, to lame, mutilate, maim, impair or weaken in the limbs, senses, etc. (only pass. capi, and esp. in part. perf. captus):

    mancus et membris omnibus captus ac debilis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 7, 21:

    ipse Hannibal... altero oculo capitur,

    loses an eye, Liv. 22, 2, 11:

    captus omnibus membris,

    id. 2, 36, 8:

    capti auribus et oculis metu omnes torpere,

    id. 21, 58, 5:

    oculis membrisque captus,

    Plin. 33, 4, 24, § 83:

    congerantur in unum omnia, ut idem oculis et auribus captus sit,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 40, 117:

    si captus oculis sit, ut Tiresias fuit,

    id. Div. 2, 3, 9; Verg. G. 1, 183:

    habuit filium captum altero oculo,

    Suet. Vit. 6:

    censorem Appium deum ira post aliquot annos luminibus captum,

    Liv. 9, 29, 11; Val. Max. 1, 1, 17:

    lumine,

    Ov. F. 6, 204:

    princeps pedibus captus,

    Liv. 43, 7, 5; cf.:

    captum leto posuit caput,

    Verg. A. 11, 830;

    and of the mole: aut oculis capti fodere cubilia talpae,

    id. G. 1, 183.—
    (β).
    Of the mental powers, to deprive of sense or intellect; only in part. perf. captus, usu. agreeing with pers. subj., and with abl. mente, silly, insane, crazy, crazed, lunatic, mad:

    labi, decipi tam dedecet quam delirare et mente esse captum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94:

    vino aut somno oppressi aut mente capti,

    id. Ac. 2, 17, 53; Quint. 8, 3, 4;

    rarely mentibu' capti,

    Lucr. 4, 1022; so,

    animo,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 107; very rarely with gen.:

    captus animi,

    Tac. H. 3, 73.— Absol.:

    virgines captae furore,

    Liv. 24, 26, 12.—Less freq. agreeing with mens or animus:

    viros velut mente capta cum jactatione fanatica corporis vaticinari,

    Liv. 39, 13, 12:

    captis magis mentibus, quam consceleratis similis visa,

    id. 8, 18, 11; cf.:

    capti et stupentes animi,

    id. 6, 36, 8.—
    f.
    To choose, select, elect, take, pick out, adopt, accept a person for a particular purpose or to sustain a particular office or relation:

    de istac sum judex captus,

    Plaut. Merc. 4, 3, 33:

    Aricini atque Ardeates de ambiguo agro... judicem populum Romanum cepere,

    Liv. 3, 71, 2:

    me cepere arbitrum,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 91:

    te mihi patronam capio, Thais,

    id. Eun. 5, 2, 48:

    quom illum generum cepimus,

    id. Hec. 4, 1, 22; cf.:

    non, si capiundos mihi sciam esse inimicos omnis homines,

    make them enemies thereby, id. And. 4, 2, 12:

    si quis magistrum cepit ad eam rem inprobum,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 21.—So the formula of the Pontifex Maximus, in the consecration of a vestal virgin: sacerdotem Vestalem, quae sacra faciat... ita te, Amata, capio, Fab. Pict. ap. Gell. 1, 12, 14; cf.:

    plerique autem capi virginem solam debere dici putant, sed flamines quoque Diales, item pontifices et augures capi dicebantur,

    Gell. 1, 12, 15:

    jam ne ea causa pontifex capiar?... ecquis me augurem capiat? Cat. ib. § 17: Amata inter capiendum a pontifice maximo appellatur, quoniam, quae prima capta est, hoc fuisse nomen traditum est, Gell. ib. § 19: rettulit Caesar capiendam virginem in locum Occiae,

    Tac. A. 2, 86; 4, 16; 15, 22:

    religio, quae in annos singulos Jovis sacerdotem sortito capi jubeat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 51, § 127:

    C. Flaccus flamen captus a P. Licinio pontifice maximo erat,

    Liv. 27, 8, 5 Weissenb. ad loc.—
    2.
    Of places.
    a.
    To occupy, choose, select, take possession of, enter into; mostly milit. t. t., to take up a position, select a place for a camp, etc.:

    loca capere, castra munire,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 23:

    castris locum capere,

    Liv. 9, 17, 15; Suet. Aug. 94 fin.:

    locum capere castris,

    Quint. 12, 2, 5:

    ut non fugiendi hostis, sed capiendi loci causa cessisse videar,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 294:

    ad Thebanos transfugere velle, et locum extra urbem editum capere,

    Nep. Ages. 6, 2:

    nocte media profectus, ut locum quem vellet, priusquam hostes sentirent, caperet,

    Liv. 34, 14, 1:

    neminem elegantius loca cepisse, praesidia disposuisse,

    id. 35, 14, 9:

    erat autem Philopoemen praecipuae in ducendo agmine locisque capiendis solertiae atque usus,

    id. 35, 28, 1:

    locum cepere paulo quam alii editiorem,

    Sall. J. 58, 3:

    duces, ut quisque locum ceperat, cedere singulos,

    Dict. Cret. 2, 46; so,

    of position on the battle-field: quod mons suberat, eo se recipere coeperunt. Capto monte, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    tenuit non solum ales captam semelsedem, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 26, 5:

    quem quis in pugnando ceperat locum, eum amissa anima corpore tegebat,

    Flor. 4, 1; Sall. C. 61, 2; rarely with dat. of pers.:

    tumulum suis cepit,

    Liv. 31, 41, 9, for a tomb: LOCVM SIBI MONVMENTO CEPIT. Inscr. Grut. 346, 6;

    for taking the auspices' se (Gracchum) cum legeret libros, recordatum esse, vitio sibi tabernaculum captum fuisse,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4, 11; cf.:

    Palatium Romulus, Remus Aventinum ad inaugurandum templa capiunt,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4;

    for refuge: omnes Samnitium copiae montes proximos fuga capiunt,

    id. 9, 43, 20:

    Anchises natum Conventus trahit in medios... Et tumulum capit,

    Verg. A. 6, 753; 12, 562:

    ante locum capies oculis ( = eliges),

    Verg. G. 2, 230 Serv. ad loc.: nunc terras ordine longo Aut capere aut captas jam despectare videntur (cycni), to select places on which to light, or to be just settling down on places already selected, id. A. 1, 396 Forbig. ad loc.—
    b.
    To take by force, capture, storm, reduce, conquer, seize:

    invadam extemplo in oppidum antiquom: Si id capso, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 61: oppidum vi, Cat. ap. Charis. 2, p. 191 P.:

    MACELLAM OPPVGNANDO,

    Col. Rostr. Inscr. Orell. 549:

    CORSICAM,

    Inscr. Orell. 551: oppida, Enn. ap. Prisc. 9, p. 868 P. (Ann. v. 487 Vahl.):

    ad alia oppida pergit, pauca repugnantibus Numidis capit,

    Sall. J. 92, 3; Prop. 3, 4 (4, 3), 16:

    Troja capta,

    Liv. 1, 1, 1; Hor. S. 2, 3, 191: Coriolos. Liv. 3, 71, 7:

    urbem opulentissimam,

    id. 5, 20, 1:

    ante oppidum Nolam fortissuma Samnitium castra cepit,

    Cic. Div. 1, 33, 72:

    castra hostium,

    Nep. Dat. 6, 7:

    concursu oppidanorum facto scalis vacua defensoribus moenia capi possent,

    Liv. 42, 63, 6:

    plurimas hostium vestrorum in Hispania urbes,

    id. 28, 39, 10:

    sedem belli,

    Vell. 2, 74, 3; cf. Cic. Mur. 9, 22 (B. 1. d. supra).— Trop.:

    oppressa captaque re publica,

    Cic. Dom. 10, 26: qui, bello averso ab hostibus, patriam suam cepissent, Liv. 3, 50, 15.—
    c.
    To reach, attain, arrive at, betake one ' s self to (mostly by ships, etc.):

    insulam capere non potuerant,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 26 fin.:

    onerariae duae eosdem quos reliqui portus capere non potuerunt,

    id. ib. 4, 36:

    accidit uti, ex iis (navibus) perpaucae locum caperent,

    id. ib. 5, 23:

    nostrae naves, cum ignorarent, quem locum reliquae cepissent,

    id. B. C. 3, 28: praemiis magnis propositis, qui primus insulam cepisset, Auct. B. Alex. 17.— Trop.:

    qui... tenere cursum possint et capere otii illum portum et dignitatis,

    Cic. Sest. 46, 99.—
    3.
    Of things of value, property, money, etc.
    a.
    In gen., to take, seize, wrest, receive, obtain, acquire, get, etc.:

    AVRVM, ARGENTVM,

    Col. Rostr. Inscr. Orell. 549:

    de praedonibus praedam capere,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 14:

    agros de hostibus,

    Cic. Dom. 49, 128:

    ut ager ex hostibus captus viritim divideretur,

    Liv. 4, 48, 2:

    quinqueremem una cum defensoribus remigibusque, Auct. B. Alex. 16, 7: naves,

    Nep. Con. 4, 4:

    classem,

    id. Cim. 2, 2:

    magnas praedas,

    id. Dat. 10, 2:

    ex hostibus pecuniam,

    Liv. 5, 20, 5; cf.:

    e nostris spolia cepit laudibus, Cic. poet. Tusc. 2, 9, 22: signum ex Macedonia,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 149:

    signum pulcherrimum Carthagine captum,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 38, §

    82: sed eccam ipsa egreditur, nostri fundi calamitas: nam quod nos capere oportet, haec intercipit,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 35:

    cape cedo,

    id. Phorm. 5, 8, 57:

    ut reliqui fures, earum rerum quas ceperunt, signa commutant,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 25, 74:

    majores nostri non solum id, quod de Campanis (agri) ceperant, non imminuerunt, etc.,

    id. Agr. 2, 29, 81:

    te duce ut insigni capiam cum laude coronam,

    Lucr. 6, 95.—With abstr. objects:

    paupertatem adeo facile perpessus est, ut de republica nihil praeter gloriam ceperit,

    Nep. Epam. 3, 4:

    ut ceteri, qui per eum aut honores aut divitias ceperant,

    id. Att. 7, 2:

    quoniam formam hujus cepi in me et statum,

    assumed, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 110:

    quare non committeret, ut is locus ex calamitate populi Romani nomen caperet,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    regnum Tiberinus ab illis Cepit,

    succeeded to, Ov. M. 14, 615.—
    b.
    In particular connections.
    (α).
    With pecuniam (freq. joined with concilio; v. infra), to take illegally, exact, extort, accept a bribe. take blackmail, etc., esp. of magistrates who were accused de pecuniis repetundis:

    his ego judicibus non probabo C. Verrem contra leges pecuniam cepisse?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 10:

    HS. quadringentiens cepisse te arguo contra leges,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 10, § 26; cf.:

    quicquid ab horum quopiam captum est,

    id. ib. §

    27: tamen hae pecuniae per vim atque injuriam tuam captae et conciliatae tibi fraudi et damnationi esse deberent,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 40, §

    91: utrum (potestis), cum judices sitis de pecunia capta conciliata, tantam pecuniam captam neglegere?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 94, §

    218: quid est aliud capere conciliare pecunias. si hoc non est vi atque imperio cogere invitos lucrum dare alteri?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 30, §

    71: sequitur de captis pecuniis et de ambitu,

    id. Leg. 3, 20, 46:

    ita aperte cepit pecunias ob rem judicandam, ut, etc.,

    id. Fin. 2, 16, 54:

    quos censores furti et captarum pecuniarum nomine notaverunt,

    id. Clu. 42, 120:

    nondum commemoro rapinas, non exactas pecunias, non captas, non imperatas,

    id. Pis. 16, 38:

    si quis ob rem judicandam pecuniam cepisset... neque solum hoc genus pecuniae capiendae turpe, sed etiam nefarium esse arbitrabantur,

    id. Rab. Post. 7, 16; id. N. D. 3, 30, 70; Sall. J. 32, 1:

    ab regibus Illyriorum,

    Liv. 42, 45, 8:

    saevitiae captarumque pecuniarum teneri reum,

    Tac. A. 3, 67; 4, 31.—
    (β).
    Of inheritance and bequest, to take, inherit, obtain, acquire, get, accept:

    si ex hereditate nihil ceperit,

    Cic. Off, 3, 24, 93:

    qui morte testamentove ejus tantundem capiat quantum omnes heredes,

    id. Leg. 2, 19, 48:

    abdicatus ne quid de bonis patris capiat,

    Quint. 3, 6, 96:

    aut non justum testamentum est, aut capere non potes,

    id. 5, 14, 16:

    si capiendi Jus nullum uxori,

    Juv. 1, 55:

    qui testamentum faciebat, ei, qui usque ad certum modum capere potuerat, legavit, etc.,

    Dig. 22, 3, 27: quod ille plus capere non poterat, ib. fin.:

    qui ex bonis testatoris solidum capere non possit,

    ib. 28, 6, 6; 39, 6, 30.—
    (γ).
    Of regular income, revenue, etc., rents, tolls, profits, etc., to collect, receive, obtain: nam ex [p. 285] eis praediis talenta argenti bina Capiebat statim, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 7:

    capit ille ex suis praediis sexcenta sestertia, ego centena ex meis,

    Cic. Par. 6, 3, 49:

    stipendium jure belli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 28:

    quinquagena talenta vectigalis ex castro,

    Nep. Alcib. 9, 4:

    vectigal ex agro eorum capimus,

    Liv. 28, 39, 13:

    quadragena annua ex schola,

    Suet. Gram. 23:

    si recte habitaveris... fundus melior erit... fructus plus capies,

    Cato, R. R. 4, 2.—
    C.
    Trop.
    1.
    Of profit, benefit, advantage, to take, seize, obtain, get, enjoy, reap (mostly in phrase fructum capere):

    metuit semper, quem ipsa nunc capit Fructum, nequando iratus tu alio conferas,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 59:

    honeste acta superior aetas fructus capit auctoritatis extremos,

    Cic. Sen. 18, 62:

    ex iis etiam fructum capio laboris mei,

    id. Div. 2, 5:

    ex quibus (litteris) cepi fructum duplicem,

    id. Fam. 10, 5, 1:

    multo majorem fructum ex populi existimatione illo damnato cepimus, quam ex ipsius, si absolutus esset, gratia cepissemus,

    id. Att. 1, 4, 2:

    fructum immortalem vestri in me et amoris et judicii,

    id. Pis. 14, 31:

    aliquem fructum dulcedinis almae,

    Lucr. 2, 971; 5, 1410; Luc. 7, 32.—In other connections:

    quid ex ea re tandem ut caperes commodi?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 25:

    utilitates ex amicitia maximas,

    Cic. Lael. 9, 32:

    usuram alicujus corporis,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 108.—
    2.
    Of external characteristics, form, figure, appearance, etc., to take, assume, acquire, put on:

    gestum atque voltum novom,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 50 ' faciem aliquam cepere morando, Ov. M. 1, 421; 13, 605:

    figuras Datque capitque novas,

    id. ib. 15, 309:

    formam capit quam lilia,

    id. ib. 10, 212; cf.:

    duritiam ab aere,

    id. ib. 4, 751.— Transf., of plants, etc.:

    radicem capere,

    to take root, Cato, R. R. 51:

    cum pali defixi radices cepissent,

    Plin. 17, 17, 27, § 123:

    siliculam capere,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 23, 3:

    maturitatem capere,

    Col. 4, 23, 1:

    radix libere capit viris,

    Plin. 17, 21, 35, § 161:

    vires cepisse nocendi,

    Ov. M. 7, 417:

    (telinum) rursus refrigeratum odorem suum capit,

    Plin. 13, 1, 2, § 13.—
    3.
    Of mental characteristics, habits, etc., to take, assume, adopt, cultivate, cherish, possess:

    cape sis virtutem animo et corde expelle desidiam tuo,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 24:

    qua re si Glabrionis patris vim et acrimoniam ceperis ad resistendum hominibus audacissimis, si avi prudentiam ad prospiciendas insidias, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 17, 52:

    aliquando, patres conscripti, patrium animum virtutemque capiamus,

    id. Phil. 3, 11, 29:

    consuetudinem exercitationemque,

    id. Off. 1, 18, 59:

    misericordiam,

    id. Quint. 31, 97:

    quam (adsuetudinem) tu dum capias, taedia nulla fuge,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 346:

    disciplinam principum,

    Plin. Pan. 46. —With dat.:

    quorum animis avidis... neque lex neque tutor capere est qui possit modum,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 14 Wagn. ad loc.—
    4.
    Of offices, employments, duties, etc., = suscipio, to undertake, assume, enter upon, accept, take upon one ' s self, etc.:

    nam olim populi prius honorem capiebat suffragio, Quam magistro desinebat esse dicto oboediens,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 34:

    o Geta, provinciam Cepisti duram,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 23:

    in te cepi Capuam, non quo munus illud defugerem,

    took command at Capua, Cic. Att. 8. 3, 4:

    consulatum,

    id. Pis. 2, 3; Sall. J. 63, 2:

    honores,

    Nep. Att. 7, 2; Suet. Aug. 26:

    imperium,

    id. Claud. 10:

    magistratum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62; Liv. 2, 33, 1; Suet. Aug. 2:

    magistratus,

    Sall. H. 1, 41, 21 Dietsch; Nep. Phoc. 1, 1; Suet. Caes. 75:

    capiatque aliquis moderamina (navis),

    Ov. M. 3, 644:

    rerum moderamen,

    id. ib. 6, 677:

    pontificatum maximum,

    Suet. Vit. 11:

    rem publicam,

    Sall. C. 5, 6:

    neve cui patrum capere eum magistratum liceret,

    Liv. 2, 33, 1:

    ut ceperat haud tumultuose magistratum majore gaudio plebis, etc.,

    id. 5, 13, 2.—Rarely with dat. of pers., to obtain for, secure for:

    patres praeturam Sp. Furio Camillo gratia campestri ceperunt,

    Liv. 7, 1, 2.—
    5.
    In gen., of any occupation, work, or undertaking, to begin, enter upon, take, undertake, etc.:

    augurium ex arce,

    Liv. 10, 7, 10:

    augurium capienti duodecim se vultures ostenderunt,

    Suet. Aug. 95; id. Vesp. 11:

    omen,

    Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104:

    in castris Romanis cum frustra multi conatus ad erumpendum capti essent,

    Liv. 9, 4, 1:

    rursus impetu capto enituntur,

    id. 2, 65, 5; Quint. 6, 1, 28; Suet. Aug. 42; id. Calig. 43: cursum, id. Oth. 6:

    a quibus temporibus scribendi capiatur exordium,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 3, 8:

    experimentum eorum inversa manu capitur,

    Plin. 13, 2, 3, § 19 ( poet.):

    nec vestra capit discordia finem,

    Verg. A. 10, 106:

    fugam,

    to take to flight, flee, Caes. B. G. 7, 26; so, capere impetum, to take a start, gather momentum:

    ad impetum capiundum modicum erat spatium,

    Liv. 10, 5, 6; cf.:

    expeditionis Germanicae impetum cepit,

    suddenly resolved to make, Suet. Calig. 43: capere initium, to begin:

    ea pars artis, ex qua capere initium solent,

    Quint. 2, 11, 1.— Transf., of place:

    eorum (finium) una pars, quam Gallos optinere dictum est, initium capit a flumine Rhodano,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1:

    a dis inmortalibus sunt nobis agendi capienda primordia,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 3, 7.—
    6.
    Of an opportunity or occasion, to seize, embrace, take:

    si occassionem capsit,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 3, 6:

    si lubitum fuerit, causam ceperit,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 8:

    quod tempus conveniundi patris me capere suadeat,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 4, 9:

    si satis commode tempus ad te cepit adeundi,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 16, 1.—
    7.
    Of operations of the mind, resolutions, purposes, plans, thoughts, etc., to form, conceive, entertain, come to, reach:

    quantum ex ipsa re conjecturam cepimus,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 25 MSS. (Fleck. al. ex conj. fecimus); Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 32:

    cum jam ex diei tempore conjecturam ceperat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 35:

    hujusce rei conjecturam de tuo ipsius studio, Servi, facillime ceperis,

    Cic. Mur. 4, 9.— Absol.:

    conjecturam capere,

    Cic. Div. 1, 57, 130:

    nec quid corde nunc consili capere possim, Scio,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 12:

    capti consili memorem mones,

    id. Stich 4, 1, 72:

    quo pacto porro possim Potiri consilium volo capere una tecum,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 66; 5, 2, 28:

    temerarium consilium,

    Liv. 25, 34, 7:

    tale capit consilium,

    Nep. Eum. 9, 3.— With inf.:

    confitendum... eadem te hora consilium cepisse hominis propinqui fortunas funditus evertere,

    Cic. Quint. 16, 53; Caes. B. G. 7, 71 init. —With ut:

    subito consilium cepi, ut exirem,

    Cic. Att. 7, 10 init. —With gen. gerund. (freq.):

    legionis opprimendae consilium capere,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 2:

    obprimundae reipublicae consilium cepit,

    Sall. C. 16, 4.—With sibi:

    si id non fecisset, sibi consilium facturos,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    ut ego rationem oculis capio,

    Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 2:

    cepi rationem ut, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 11.—
    8.
    Of examples, instances, proofs, etc., to take, derive, draw, obtain:

    ex quo documentum nos capere fortuna voluit quid esset victis extimescendum,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 2, 5:

    quid istuc tam mirum'st, de te si exemplum capit? Ter And. 4, 1, 26: exemplum ex aliqua re,

    Cic. Lael. 10, 33:

    praesagia a sole,

    Plin. 18, 35, 78, § 341:

    illud num dubitas quin specimen naturae capi debeat ex optima quaque natura?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 14, 32.—
    9.
    Of impressions, feelings, etc., to take, entertain, conceive, receive, be subjected to, suffer, experience, etc.:

    tantum laborem capere ob talem filium?

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 29:

    omnes mihi labores fuere quos cepi leves,

    id. Heaut. 2, 4, 19:

    laborem inanem ipsus capit,

    id. Hec. 3, 2, 9:

    ex eo nunc misera quem capit Laborem!

    id. And. 4, 3, 4: miseriam omnem ego capio;

    hic potitur gaudia,

    id. Ad. 5, 4, 22:

    satietatem dum capiet pater Illius quam amat,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 10:

    plus aegri ex abitu viri quam ex adventu voluptatis cepi,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 9:

    cum illa quacum volt voluptatem capit,

    id. ib. prol. 114:

    angor iste, qui pro amico saepe capiendus est,

    Cic. Lael. 13, 48:

    quae (benevolentia) quidem capitur beneficiis maxime,

    id. Off. 2, 9, 32:

    laetitiam quam capiebam memoria rationum inventorumque nostrorum,

    id. Fin. 2, 30, 96:

    lenire desiderium quod capiebat e filio,

    id. Sen. 15, 54:

    opinione omnium majorem animo cepi dolorem,

    id. Brut. 1, 1:

    itaque cepi voluptatem, tam ornatum virum fuisse in re publica,

    id. ib. 40, 147:

    ex civibus victis gaudium meritum capiam,

    Liv. 27, 40, 9:

    ne quam... invidiam apud patres ex prodiga largitione caperet,

    id. 5, 20, 2:

    ad summam laetitiam meam, quam ex tuo reditu capio, magnus illius adventu cumulus accedet,

    id. Att. 4, 19, 2 (4, 18, 3):

    laetitia, quam oculis cepi justo interitu tyranni,

    id. ib. 14, 14, 4:

    ex praealto tecto lapsus matris et adfinium cepit oblivionem,

    lost his memory, Plin. 7, 24, 24, § 90: virtutis opinionem, Auct. B. G. 8, 8: somnum, Cic. Tusc. 4, 19, 44: taedium vitae, Nep. ap. Gell. 6 (7), 18, 11:

    maria aspera juro Non ullum pro me tantum (me) cepisse timorem, Quam, etc.,

    Verg. A. 6, 352 Forbig. ad loc.:

    et in futurum etiam metum ceperunt,

    Liv. 33, 27, 10:

    voluptatem animi,

    Cic. Planc. 1, 1:

    malis alienis voluptatem capere laetitiae (cum sit),

    id. Tusc. 4, 31, 66:

    quaeque mihi sola capitur nunc mente voluptas,

    Ov. P. 4, 9, 37.—
    10.
    Transf., with the feelings, experience, etc., as subj., to seize, overcome, possess, occupy, affect, take possession of, move, etc. (cf. lambanô, in this sense and like 9. supra): nutrix: Cupido cepit miseram nunc me, proloqui Caelo atque terrae Medeai miserias, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 26, 63 (Trag. Rel. v. 291 Vahl.):

    edepol te desiderium Athenarum arbitror cepisse saepe,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 14:

    numquam commerui merito ut caperet odium illam mei,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 4:

    sicubi eum satietas Hominum aut negoti odium ceperat,

    id. Eun. 3, 1, 14:

    nos post reges exactos servitutis oblivio ceperat,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 9:

    te cepisse odium regni videbatur,

    id. ib. 2, 36, 91:

    Romulum Remumque cupido cepit urbis condendae,

    Liv. 1, 6, 3:

    cupido eum ceperat in verticem montis ascendendi,

    id. 40, 21, 2:

    etiam victores sanguinis caedisque ceperat satietas,

    id. 27, 49, 8; Mel. 3, 5, 2:

    qui pavor hic, qui terror, quae repente oblivio animos cepit?

    Liv. 27, 13, 2:

    oblivio deorum capiat pectora vestra,

    id. 38, 46, 12:

    tantane te cepere oblivia nostri?

    Ov. Tr. 1, 8, 11:

    ut animum ejus cura sacrorum cepit,

    Liv. 27, 8, 6:

    hostis primum admiratio cepit, quidnam, etc.,

    id. 44, 12, 1:

    tanta meae si te ceperunt taedia laudis,

    Verg. G. 4, 332; cf. Anthol. Lat. I. p. 178;

    I. p. 196 Burm.: ignarosque loci passim et formidine captos Sternimus,

    Verg. A. 2, 384:

    infelix, quae tanta animum dementia cepit!

    id. ib. 5, 465; id. E. 6, 47:

    cum subita incautum dementia cepit amantem,

    id. G. 4, 488; cf. Anthol. Lat. I. p. 170, 15;

    I. p. 168, 14 Burm.: Tarquinium mala libido Lucretiae stuprandae cepit,

    Liv. 1, 57, 10:

    ingens quidem et luctus et pavor civitatem cepit,

    id. 25, 22, 1:

    tantus repente maeror pavorque senatum eorum cepit,

    id. 23, 20, 7:

    senatum metus cepit,

    id. 23, 14, 8: si me... misericordia capsit. Att. ap. Non. p. 483, 11 (Trag. Rel. v. 454 Rib.): nec tuendi capere satietas potest, Pac. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 14, 24 (Trag. Rel. v. 410 ib.):

    quantus timor socios populi Romani cepisset,

    Liv. 43, 11, 9.—
    11.
    Of injury, damage, loss, etc., to suffer, take, be subjected to:

    calamitatem,

    Cic. Div. 1, 16, 29:

    detrimenti aliquid in aliqua re,

    Col. 1, 8, 2.—Esp., in the legal formula, by which dictatorial powers were conferred by the senate upon the consuls or the entire magistracy in times of extreme danger to the state;

    videant ne quid res publica detrimenti capiat: decrevit quondam senatus, ut L. Opimius consul videret ne quid res publica detrimenti caperet,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 4:

    Hernici tantum terrorem incussere patribus, ut, quae forma senatus consulti ultimae semper necessitatis habita est, Postumio, alteri consulum, negotium daretur, videret, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 4, 9; cf. id. 6, 19, 2 sqq.:

    quod plerumque in atroci negotio solet, senatus decrevit, darent operam consules, ne quid, etc.... Ea potestas per senatum more Romano magistratui maxuma permittitur, exercitum parare, bellum gerere, coercere omnibus modis socios atque civis, domi militiaeque inperium atque judicium summum habere,

    Sall. C. 29, 2 sq.
    II.
    To take in, receive, hold, contain, be large enough for.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    In gen.: Ph. Sitit haec anus. Pa. Quantillum sitit? Ph. Modica'st, capit quadrantal, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 8:

    parte quod ex una spatium vacat et capit in se (ferrum),

    Lucr. 6, 1030:

    jam mare litus habet, plenos capit alveus amnes,

    Ov. M. 1, 344; cf.:

    terra feras cepit, volucres agitabilis aer,

    id. ib. 1, 75:

    dum tenues capiat suus alveus undas,

    id. ib. 8, 558:

    cunctosque (deos) dedisse Terga fugae, donec fessos Aegyptia tellus Ceperit,

    id. ib. 5, 324.—
    2.
    Esp., with negatives, not to hold, to be too small for, etc.; cf.:

    di boni, quid turba est! Aedes nostrae vix capient, scio,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 13:

    qui cum una domo jam capi non possunt, in alias domos exeunt,

    Cic. Off. 1, 17, 54: nec jam se capit [p. 286] unda;

    volat vapor ater ad auras,

    Verg. A. 7, 466:

    non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46:

    non capit se mare,

    Sen. Agam. 487:

    neque enim capiebant funera portae,

    Ov. M. 7, 607:

    officium populi vix capiente domo,

    id. P. 4, 4, 42:

    si di habitum corporis tui aviditati animi parem esse voluissent, orbis te non caperet,

    Curt. 7, 8, 12:

    ut non immerito proditum sit... Graeciam omnem vix capere exercitum ejus (Xerxis) potuisse,

    Just. 2, 10, 19.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    To swallow up, ingulf, take in (rare):

    tot domus locupletissimas istius domus una capiet?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 7.—
    2. a.
    Affirmatively (rare):

    quidquid mortalitas capere poterat, implevimus,

    Curt. 9, 3, 7:

    si puer omni cura et summo, quantum illa aetas capit, labore, scripserit,

    Quint. 2, 4, 17:

    dummodo ejus aetatis sit, ut dolum capiat,

    Dig. 40, 12, 15.—
    b.
    With negatives:

    non capiunt angustiae pectoris tui (tantam personam),

    Cic. Pis. 11, 24:

    leones, qui... nec capere irarum fluctus in pectore possunt,

    Lucr. 3, 298:

    nec capiunt inclusas pectora flammas,

    Ov. M. 6, 466:

    vix spes ipse suas animo capit,

    id. ib. 11, 118:

    ardet et iram Non capit ipsa suam Progne,

    id. ib. 6, 610; cf.:

    sic quoque concupiscis quae non capis,

    Curt. 7, 8, 13:

    majora quam capit spirat,

    id. 6, 9, 11:

    ad ultimum magnitudinem ejus (fortunae) non capit,

    id. 3, 12, 20:

    infirma aetas majora non capiet,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13.—
    3.
    Transf., of things, to admit of, be capable of, undergo (post-Aug. and rare):

    rimam fissuramque non capit sponte cedrus,

    Plin. 16, 40, 78, § 212:

    molluscum... si magnitudinem mensarum caperet,

    id. 16, 16, 27, § 68:

    res non capit restitutionem, cum statum mutat,

    Dig. 4, 4, 19.—
    4.
    With inf., to be susceptible of, to be of a nature to, etc., = endechetai (late Lat.):

    nec capit humanis angoribus excruciari (Deus),

    Prud. Apoth. 154:

    crimina, quae non capiunt indulgeri,

    Tert. Pud. 1 fin.; id. Apol. 17; id. adv. Haer. 44 fin.; Paul. Nol. Carm. 9, 22.—
    5.
    Of the mind, to take, receive into the mind, comprehend, grasp, embrace (cf. intellego, to penetrate mentally, have insight into):

    sitque nonnumquam summittenda et contrahenda oratio, ne judex eam vel intellegere vel capere non possit,

    Quint. 11, 1, 45:

    nullam esse gratiam tantam, quam non vel capere animus meus in accipiendo... posset,

    id. 2, 6, 2:

    quae quidem ego nisi tam magna esse fatear, ut ea vix cujusquam mens aut cogitatio capere possit,

    Cic. Marcell. 2, 6; id. N. D. 1, 19, 49:

    senatus ille, quem qui ex regibus constare dixit, unus veram speciem Romani senatus cepit,

    Liv. 9, 17, 14:

    somnium laetius, quam quod mentes eorum capere possent,

    id. 9, 9, 14.—P. a. as subst.: Capta, ae, f., a surname of Minerva, as worshipped on the Coelian Mount, but for what reason is not known, Ov. F. 3, 837 sq.
    2.
    căpĭo, ōnis, f. [1. capio]; in the Lat. of the jurists,
    I.
    A taking:

    dominii,

    Dig. 39, 2, 18; Gell. 6 (7), 10, 3.—
    II.
    = usu capio or usucapio, the right of property acquired by prescription, Dig. 41, 1, 48, § 1; 41, 3, 21; 41, 5, 4; v. 1. usucapio.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > capio

  • 17 Capta

    1.
    căpĭo, cepi, captum (old fut. perf. capso, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 61: capsit, Enn. ap. Non. p. 66, 27, or Ann. v. 324 Vahl.; Plaut. Ps. 4, 3, 6; Att. ap. Non. p. 483, 12, or Trag. Rel. v. 454 Rib.; Paul. ex. Fest. p. 57 Mull.:

    capsimus,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 1, 15: capsis, acc. to Cic. Or. 45, 154, = cape si vis, but this is an error; cf. Quint. 1, 5, 66; old perf. cepet, Col. Rostr. 5; v. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 170), 3, v. a. [cf. kôpê, handle; Lat. capulum; Engl. haft; Germ. Heft; Sanscr. root hri-, take; cf. Gr. cheir, Engl. and Germ. hand, and Goth. hinthan, seize].
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., to take in hand, take hold of, lay hold of, take, seize, grasp (cf.:

    sumo, prehendo): si hodie hercule fustem cepero aut stimulum in manum,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 9:

    cape hoc flabellum,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 47:

    cepit manibus tympanum,

    Cat. 6, 3, 8:

    tu, genitor, cape sacra manu patriosque Penatis,

    Verg. A. 2, 717:

    cape saxa manu, cape robora, pastor,

    id. G. 3, 420:

    flammeum,

    Cat. 61, 8:

    acria pocula,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 69:

    lora,

    Prop. 3 (4), 9, 57:

    baculum,

    Ov. M. 2, 789:

    colum cum calathis,

    id. ib. 12, 475:

    florem ternis digitis,

    Plin. 24, 10, 48, § 81:

    pignera,

    Liv. 3, 38, 12; Dig. 48, 13, 9, § 6; Gai Inst. 4, 29:

    ut is in cavea pignus capiatur togae,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 68: rem manu, Gai Inst. 1, 121:

    rem pignori,

    Dig. 42, 1, 15, § 7; cf. ib. 42, 1, 15, § 4:

    scutum laeva,

    Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 13:

    capias tu illius vestem,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 79: cape vorsoriam, seize the sheet, i. e. take a tack, turn about, Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 19.—Very freq. of arms (cf. sumo); so in gen.: arma, to take up arms, i. e. engage in war or battle, Cic. Rab. Perd. 7, 20 sq.; 9, 27; 11, 31; id. Planc. 36, 88; id. Phil. 4, 3, 7; Caes. B.G. 5, 26; 7, 4; Sall. C. 27, 4; 30, 1; 33, 2; 52, 27; id. J. 38, 5; 102, 12; Ov. M. 3, 115 sq.; 12, 91; 13, 221;

    and of particular weapons: ensem,

    Ov. M. 13, 435:

    tela,

    id. ib. 3, 307; 5, 366 et saep.—Of food, to take, partake of:

    quicum una cibum Capere soleo,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 61; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 77; Sall. J. 91, 2:

    lauti cibum capiunt,

    Tac. G. 22.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of living objects.
    a. (α).
    Of persons:

    oppidum expugnavimus, et legiones Teleboarum vi pugnando cepimus,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 258: summus ibi capitur meddix, occiditur alter, Enn. ap. Paul. ex Fest. p. 123 Mull. (Ann. v. 296 Vahl.):

    quoniam belli nefarios duces captos jam et comprehensos tenetis,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 7, 16:

    ibi Orgetorigis filia atque unus e filiis captus est,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26:

    reges capiuntur,

    Lucr. 4, 1013; Tac. A. 4, 33:

    capta eo proelio tria milia peditum dicuntur,

    Liv. 22, 49, 18:

    quos Byzantii ceperat,

    Nep. Paus. 2, 3; id. Alcib. 9, 2; id. Dat. 2, 5; Quint. 6, 3, 61:

    captos ostendere civibus hostes,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 33:

    captus Tarento Livius,

    Cic. Brut. 18, 72:

    servus ex hoste captus,

    Quint. 5, 10, 67.—Hence, P. a. as subst.: captus, i, m., = captivus, a prisoner, captive:

    in captos clementia uti,

    Nep. Alcib. 5, 7:

    inludere capto,

    Verg. A. 2, 64:

    quae sit fiducia capto,

    id. ib. 2, 75:

    ex captorum numero,

    Liv. 28, 39, 10; Tac. A. 6, 1; 12, 37; 15, 1.—Also, capta, ae, f., a female captive:

    dicam hanc esse captam ex Caria, Ditem ac nobilem,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 47.—
    (β).
    Of animals, birds, fish, etc., to catch, hunt down, take: quid hic venatu non cepit? Varr. ap. Non. p. 253, 31:

    si ab avibus capiundis auceps dicatur, debuisse ajunt ex piscibus capiundis, ut aucupem, sic piscicupem dici,

    id. L. L. 8, § 61 Mull.:

    hic jaculo pisces, illa capiuntur ab hamis,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 763:

    neque quicquam captum'st piscium,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 1, 12; cf.:

    nisi quid concharum capsimus,

    id. ib. v. 18; Cic. Off. 3, 14, 58; Plin. 33, 1, 6, § 27: acipenserem, Cic. ap. Macr. S. 2, 12:

    cervum,

    Phaedr. 1, 5, 5; cf.:

    hic (Nereus) tibi prius vinclis capiendus,

    Verg. G. 4, 396.—
    b.
    To win, captivate, charm, allure, enchain, enslave, fascinate; mostly with abl. of means: Ph. Amore ardeo. Pa. Quid agas? nisi ut te redimas captum quam queas Minumo, Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 29:

    quod insit in iis aliquid probi, quod capiat ignaros,

    Cic. Off. 3, 3, 15: [p. 284] animum adulescentis... pellexit eis omnibus rebus, quibus illa aetas capi ac deleniri potest, id. Clu. 5, 13:

    quamvis voluptate capiatur,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 105; Quint. 5, 11, 19:

    quem quidem adeo sua cepit humanitate,

    Nep. Alcib. 9, 3:

    secum habuit Pomponium, captus adulescentis et humanitate et doctrina,

    id. Att. 4, 1:

    nec bene promeritis capitur (deus), nec tangitur ira,

    Lucr. 2, 651: ut pictura poesis;

    erit quae si propius stes Te capiat magis, et quaedam si longius abstes,

    Hor. A. P. 362:

    hunc capit argenti splendor,

    id. S. 1, 4, 28:

    te conjux aliena capit,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 46:

    Cynthia prima suis miserum me cepit ocellis,

    Prop. 1, 1, 1:

    carmine formosae, pretio capiuntur avarae,

    Tib. 3, 1, 7:

    munditiis capimur,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 133; id. M. 4, 170; 6, 465; 7, 802; 8, 124; 8, 435; 9, 511; 10, 529;

    14, 373: amore captivae victor captus,

    Liv. 30, 12, 18:

    dulcedine vocis,

    Ov. M. 1, 709; 11, 170:

    voce nova,

    id. ib. 1, 678:

    temperie aquarum,

    id. ib. 4, 344:

    (bos) herba captus viridi,

    Verg. E. 6, 59:

    amoenitate loci,

    Tac. A. 18, 52:

    auro,

    Hor. C. 2, 18, 36:

    neque honoris neque pecuniae dulcedine sum captus,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:

    splendore hominis,

    id. Fin. 1, 13, 42: ne oculis quidem captis in hanc fraudem decidisti;

    nam id concupisti quod numquam videras,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 45, § 102.—
    c.
    To cheat, seduce, deceive, mislead, betray, delude, catch:

    sapientis hanc vim esse maximam, cavere ne capiatur, ne fallatur videre,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 20, 66:

    injurium autem'st ulcisci advorsarios? Aut qua via te captent eadem ipsos capi?

    Ter. Hec. 1, 1, 16: uti ne propter te fidemque tuam captus fraudatusque sim, form. ap. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 70:

    eodem captus errore quo nos,

    involved in the same error, Cic. Phil. 12, 2, 6; id. ap. Non. p. 253, 25; cf.:

    ne quo errore milites caperentur,

    Liv. 8, 6, 16:

    capere ante dolis Reginam,

    Verg. A. 1, 673:

    captique dolis lacrimisque coactis (Sinonis),

    id. ib. 2, 196:

    ubi me eisdem dolis non quit capere,

    Sall. J. 14, 11:

    adulescentium animi molles et aetate fluxi dolis haud difficulter capiebantur,

    id. C. 14, 5:

    capi alicujus dolo,

    Nep. Dat. 10, 1:

    dolum ad capiendos eos conparant,

    Liv. 23, 35, 2:

    quas callida Colchis (i.e. Medea) amicitiae mendacis imagine cepit,

    Ov. M. 7, 301.—
    d.
    To defeat, convict, overcome in a suit or dispute (rare):

    tu si me impudicitiae captas, non potes capere,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 189:

    tu caves ne tui consultores, ille ne urbes aut castra capiantur (cf. B. 2. b. infra),

    Cic. Mur. 9, 22:

    callidus et in capiendo adversario versutus (orator),

    id. Brut. 48, 178.—
    e. (α).
    Of the physical powers, to lame, mutilate, maim, impair or weaken in the limbs, senses, etc. (only pass. capi, and esp. in part. perf. captus):

    mancus et membris omnibus captus ac debilis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 7, 21:

    ipse Hannibal... altero oculo capitur,

    loses an eye, Liv. 22, 2, 11:

    captus omnibus membris,

    id. 2, 36, 8:

    capti auribus et oculis metu omnes torpere,

    id. 21, 58, 5:

    oculis membrisque captus,

    Plin. 33, 4, 24, § 83:

    congerantur in unum omnia, ut idem oculis et auribus captus sit,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 40, 117:

    si captus oculis sit, ut Tiresias fuit,

    id. Div. 2, 3, 9; Verg. G. 1, 183:

    habuit filium captum altero oculo,

    Suet. Vit. 6:

    censorem Appium deum ira post aliquot annos luminibus captum,

    Liv. 9, 29, 11; Val. Max. 1, 1, 17:

    lumine,

    Ov. F. 6, 204:

    princeps pedibus captus,

    Liv. 43, 7, 5; cf.:

    captum leto posuit caput,

    Verg. A. 11, 830;

    and of the mole: aut oculis capti fodere cubilia talpae,

    id. G. 1, 183.—
    (β).
    Of the mental powers, to deprive of sense or intellect; only in part. perf. captus, usu. agreeing with pers. subj., and with abl. mente, silly, insane, crazy, crazed, lunatic, mad:

    labi, decipi tam dedecet quam delirare et mente esse captum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94:

    vino aut somno oppressi aut mente capti,

    id. Ac. 2, 17, 53; Quint. 8, 3, 4;

    rarely mentibu' capti,

    Lucr. 4, 1022; so,

    animo,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 107; very rarely with gen.:

    captus animi,

    Tac. H. 3, 73.— Absol.:

    virgines captae furore,

    Liv. 24, 26, 12.—Less freq. agreeing with mens or animus:

    viros velut mente capta cum jactatione fanatica corporis vaticinari,

    Liv. 39, 13, 12:

    captis magis mentibus, quam consceleratis similis visa,

    id. 8, 18, 11; cf.:

    capti et stupentes animi,

    id. 6, 36, 8.—
    f.
    To choose, select, elect, take, pick out, adopt, accept a person for a particular purpose or to sustain a particular office or relation:

    de istac sum judex captus,

    Plaut. Merc. 4, 3, 33:

    Aricini atque Ardeates de ambiguo agro... judicem populum Romanum cepere,

    Liv. 3, 71, 2:

    me cepere arbitrum,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 91:

    te mihi patronam capio, Thais,

    id. Eun. 5, 2, 48:

    quom illum generum cepimus,

    id. Hec. 4, 1, 22; cf.:

    non, si capiundos mihi sciam esse inimicos omnis homines,

    make them enemies thereby, id. And. 4, 2, 12:

    si quis magistrum cepit ad eam rem inprobum,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 21.—So the formula of the Pontifex Maximus, in the consecration of a vestal virgin: sacerdotem Vestalem, quae sacra faciat... ita te, Amata, capio, Fab. Pict. ap. Gell. 1, 12, 14; cf.:

    plerique autem capi virginem solam debere dici putant, sed flamines quoque Diales, item pontifices et augures capi dicebantur,

    Gell. 1, 12, 15:

    jam ne ea causa pontifex capiar?... ecquis me augurem capiat? Cat. ib. § 17: Amata inter capiendum a pontifice maximo appellatur, quoniam, quae prima capta est, hoc fuisse nomen traditum est, Gell. ib. § 19: rettulit Caesar capiendam virginem in locum Occiae,

    Tac. A. 2, 86; 4, 16; 15, 22:

    religio, quae in annos singulos Jovis sacerdotem sortito capi jubeat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 51, § 127:

    C. Flaccus flamen captus a P. Licinio pontifice maximo erat,

    Liv. 27, 8, 5 Weissenb. ad loc.—
    2.
    Of places.
    a.
    To occupy, choose, select, take possession of, enter into; mostly milit. t. t., to take up a position, select a place for a camp, etc.:

    loca capere, castra munire,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 23:

    castris locum capere,

    Liv. 9, 17, 15; Suet. Aug. 94 fin.:

    locum capere castris,

    Quint. 12, 2, 5:

    ut non fugiendi hostis, sed capiendi loci causa cessisse videar,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 294:

    ad Thebanos transfugere velle, et locum extra urbem editum capere,

    Nep. Ages. 6, 2:

    nocte media profectus, ut locum quem vellet, priusquam hostes sentirent, caperet,

    Liv. 34, 14, 1:

    neminem elegantius loca cepisse, praesidia disposuisse,

    id. 35, 14, 9:

    erat autem Philopoemen praecipuae in ducendo agmine locisque capiendis solertiae atque usus,

    id. 35, 28, 1:

    locum cepere paulo quam alii editiorem,

    Sall. J. 58, 3:

    duces, ut quisque locum ceperat, cedere singulos,

    Dict. Cret. 2, 46; so,

    of position on the battle-field: quod mons suberat, eo se recipere coeperunt. Capto monte, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    tenuit non solum ales captam semelsedem, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 26, 5:

    quem quis in pugnando ceperat locum, eum amissa anima corpore tegebat,

    Flor. 4, 1; Sall. C. 61, 2; rarely with dat. of pers.:

    tumulum suis cepit,

    Liv. 31, 41, 9, for a tomb: LOCVM SIBI MONVMENTO CEPIT. Inscr. Grut. 346, 6;

    for taking the auspices' se (Gracchum) cum legeret libros, recordatum esse, vitio sibi tabernaculum captum fuisse,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4, 11; cf.:

    Palatium Romulus, Remus Aventinum ad inaugurandum templa capiunt,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4;

    for refuge: omnes Samnitium copiae montes proximos fuga capiunt,

    id. 9, 43, 20:

    Anchises natum Conventus trahit in medios... Et tumulum capit,

    Verg. A. 6, 753; 12, 562:

    ante locum capies oculis ( = eliges),

    Verg. G. 2, 230 Serv. ad loc.: nunc terras ordine longo Aut capere aut captas jam despectare videntur (cycni), to select places on which to light, or to be just settling down on places already selected, id. A. 1, 396 Forbig. ad loc.—
    b.
    To take by force, capture, storm, reduce, conquer, seize:

    invadam extemplo in oppidum antiquom: Si id capso, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 61: oppidum vi, Cat. ap. Charis. 2, p. 191 P.:

    MACELLAM OPPVGNANDO,

    Col. Rostr. Inscr. Orell. 549:

    CORSICAM,

    Inscr. Orell. 551: oppida, Enn. ap. Prisc. 9, p. 868 P. (Ann. v. 487 Vahl.):

    ad alia oppida pergit, pauca repugnantibus Numidis capit,

    Sall. J. 92, 3; Prop. 3, 4 (4, 3), 16:

    Troja capta,

    Liv. 1, 1, 1; Hor. S. 2, 3, 191: Coriolos. Liv. 3, 71, 7:

    urbem opulentissimam,

    id. 5, 20, 1:

    ante oppidum Nolam fortissuma Samnitium castra cepit,

    Cic. Div. 1, 33, 72:

    castra hostium,

    Nep. Dat. 6, 7:

    concursu oppidanorum facto scalis vacua defensoribus moenia capi possent,

    Liv. 42, 63, 6:

    plurimas hostium vestrorum in Hispania urbes,

    id. 28, 39, 10:

    sedem belli,

    Vell. 2, 74, 3; cf. Cic. Mur. 9, 22 (B. 1. d. supra).— Trop.:

    oppressa captaque re publica,

    Cic. Dom. 10, 26: qui, bello averso ab hostibus, patriam suam cepissent, Liv. 3, 50, 15.—
    c.
    To reach, attain, arrive at, betake one ' s self to (mostly by ships, etc.):

    insulam capere non potuerant,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 26 fin.:

    onerariae duae eosdem quos reliqui portus capere non potuerunt,

    id. ib. 4, 36:

    accidit uti, ex iis (navibus) perpaucae locum caperent,

    id. ib. 5, 23:

    nostrae naves, cum ignorarent, quem locum reliquae cepissent,

    id. B. C. 3, 28: praemiis magnis propositis, qui primus insulam cepisset, Auct. B. Alex. 17.— Trop.:

    qui... tenere cursum possint et capere otii illum portum et dignitatis,

    Cic. Sest. 46, 99.—
    3.
    Of things of value, property, money, etc.
    a.
    In gen., to take, seize, wrest, receive, obtain, acquire, get, etc.:

    AVRVM, ARGENTVM,

    Col. Rostr. Inscr. Orell. 549:

    de praedonibus praedam capere,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 14:

    agros de hostibus,

    Cic. Dom. 49, 128:

    ut ager ex hostibus captus viritim divideretur,

    Liv. 4, 48, 2:

    quinqueremem una cum defensoribus remigibusque, Auct. B. Alex. 16, 7: naves,

    Nep. Con. 4, 4:

    classem,

    id. Cim. 2, 2:

    magnas praedas,

    id. Dat. 10, 2:

    ex hostibus pecuniam,

    Liv. 5, 20, 5; cf.:

    e nostris spolia cepit laudibus, Cic. poet. Tusc. 2, 9, 22: signum ex Macedonia,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 149:

    signum pulcherrimum Carthagine captum,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 38, §

    82: sed eccam ipsa egreditur, nostri fundi calamitas: nam quod nos capere oportet, haec intercipit,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 35:

    cape cedo,

    id. Phorm. 5, 8, 57:

    ut reliqui fures, earum rerum quas ceperunt, signa commutant,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 25, 74:

    majores nostri non solum id, quod de Campanis (agri) ceperant, non imminuerunt, etc.,

    id. Agr. 2, 29, 81:

    te duce ut insigni capiam cum laude coronam,

    Lucr. 6, 95.—With abstr. objects:

    paupertatem adeo facile perpessus est, ut de republica nihil praeter gloriam ceperit,

    Nep. Epam. 3, 4:

    ut ceteri, qui per eum aut honores aut divitias ceperant,

    id. Att. 7, 2:

    quoniam formam hujus cepi in me et statum,

    assumed, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 110:

    quare non committeret, ut is locus ex calamitate populi Romani nomen caperet,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    regnum Tiberinus ab illis Cepit,

    succeeded to, Ov. M. 14, 615.—
    b.
    In particular connections.
    (α).
    With pecuniam (freq. joined with concilio; v. infra), to take illegally, exact, extort, accept a bribe. take blackmail, etc., esp. of magistrates who were accused de pecuniis repetundis:

    his ego judicibus non probabo C. Verrem contra leges pecuniam cepisse?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 10:

    HS. quadringentiens cepisse te arguo contra leges,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 10, § 26; cf.:

    quicquid ab horum quopiam captum est,

    id. ib. §

    27: tamen hae pecuniae per vim atque injuriam tuam captae et conciliatae tibi fraudi et damnationi esse deberent,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 40, §

    91: utrum (potestis), cum judices sitis de pecunia capta conciliata, tantam pecuniam captam neglegere?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 94, §

    218: quid est aliud capere conciliare pecunias. si hoc non est vi atque imperio cogere invitos lucrum dare alteri?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 30, §

    71: sequitur de captis pecuniis et de ambitu,

    id. Leg. 3, 20, 46:

    ita aperte cepit pecunias ob rem judicandam, ut, etc.,

    id. Fin. 2, 16, 54:

    quos censores furti et captarum pecuniarum nomine notaverunt,

    id. Clu. 42, 120:

    nondum commemoro rapinas, non exactas pecunias, non captas, non imperatas,

    id. Pis. 16, 38:

    si quis ob rem judicandam pecuniam cepisset... neque solum hoc genus pecuniae capiendae turpe, sed etiam nefarium esse arbitrabantur,

    id. Rab. Post. 7, 16; id. N. D. 3, 30, 70; Sall. J. 32, 1:

    ab regibus Illyriorum,

    Liv. 42, 45, 8:

    saevitiae captarumque pecuniarum teneri reum,

    Tac. A. 3, 67; 4, 31.—
    (β).
    Of inheritance and bequest, to take, inherit, obtain, acquire, get, accept:

    si ex hereditate nihil ceperit,

    Cic. Off, 3, 24, 93:

    qui morte testamentove ejus tantundem capiat quantum omnes heredes,

    id. Leg. 2, 19, 48:

    abdicatus ne quid de bonis patris capiat,

    Quint. 3, 6, 96:

    aut non justum testamentum est, aut capere non potes,

    id. 5, 14, 16:

    si capiendi Jus nullum uxori,

    Juv. 1, 55:

    qui testamentum faciebat, ei, qui usque ad certum modum capere potuerat, legavit, etc.,

    Dig. 22, 3, 27: quod ille plus capere non poterat, ib. fin.:

    qui ex bonis testatoris solidum capere non possit,

    ib. 28, 6, 6; 39, 6, 30.—
    (γ).
    Of regular income, revenue, etc., rents, tolls, profits, etc., to collect, receive, obtain: nam ex [p. 285] eis praediis talenta argenti bina Capiebat statim, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 7:

    capit ille ex suis praediis sexcenta sestertia, ego centena ex meis,

    Cic. Par. 6, 3, 49:

    stipendium jure belli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 28:

    quinquagena talenta vectigalis ex castro,

    Nep. Alcib. 9, 4:

    vectigal ex agro eorum capimus,

    Liv. 28, 39, 13:

    quadragena annua ex schola,

    Suet. Gram. 23:

    si recte habitaveris... fundus melior erit... fructus plus capies,

    Cato, R. R. 4, 2.—
    C.
    Trop.
    1.
    Of profit, benefit, advantage, to take, seize, obtain, get, enjoy, reap (mostly in phrase fructum capere):

    metuit semper, quem ipsa nunc capit Fructum, nequando iratus tu alio conferas,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 59:

    honeste acta superior aetas fructus capit auctoritatis extremos,

    Cic. Sen. 18, 62:

    ex iis etiam fructum capio laboris mei,

    id. Div. 2, 5:

    ex quibus (litteris) cepi fructum duplicem,

    id. Fam. 10, 5, 1:

    multo majorem fructum ex populi existimatione illo damnato cepimus, quam ex ipsius, si absolutus esset, gratia cepissemus,

    id. Att. 1, 4, 2:

    fructum immortalem vestri in me et amoris et judicii,

    id. Pis. 14, 31:

    aliquem fructum dulcedinis almae,

    Lucr. 2, 971; 5, 1410; Luc. 7, 32.—In other connections:

    quid ex ea re tandem ut caperes commodi?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 25:

    utilitates ex amicitia maximas,

    Cic. Lael. 9, 32:

    usuram alicujus corporis,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 108.—
    2.
    Of external characteristics, form, figure, appearance, etc., to take, assume, acquire, put on:

    gestum atque voltum novom,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 50 ' faciem aliquam cepere morando, Ov. M. 1, 421; 13, 605:

    figuras Datque capitque novas,

    id. ib. 15, 309:

    formam capit quam lilia,

    id. ib. 10, 212; cf.:

    duritiam ab aere,

    id. ib. 4, 751.— Transf., of plants, etc.:

    radicem capere,

    to take root, Cato, R. R. 51:

    cum pali defixi radices cepissent,

    Plin. 17, 17, 27, § 123:

    siliculam capere,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 23, 3:

    maturitatem capere,

    Col. 4, 23, 1:

    radix libere capit viris,

    Plin. 17, 21, 35, § 161:

    vires cepisse nocendi,

    Ov. M. 7, 417:

    (telinum) rursus refrigeratum odorem suum capit,

    Plin. 13, 1, 2, § 13.—
    3.
    Of mental characteristics, habits, etc., to take, assume, adopt, cultivate, cherish, possess:

    cape sis virtutem animo et corde expelle desidiam tuo,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 24:

    qua re si Glabrionis patris vim et acrimoniam ceperis ad resistendum hominibus audacissimis, si avi prudentiam ad prospiciendas insidias, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 17, 52:

    aliquando, patres conscripti, patrium animum virtutemque capiamus,

    id. Phil. 3, 11, 29:

    consuetudinem exercitationemque,

    id. Off. 1, 18, 59:

    misericordiam,

    id. Quint. 31, 97:

    quam (adsuetudinem) tu dum capias, taedia nulla fuge,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 346:

    disciplinam principum,

    Plin. Pan. 46. —With dat.:

    quorum animis avidis... neque lex neque tutor capere est qui possit modum,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 14 Wagn. ad loc.—
    4.
    Of offices, employments, duties, etc., = suscipio, to undertake, assume, enter upon, accept, take upon one ' s self, etc.:

    nam olim populi prius honorem capiebat suffragio, Quam magistro desinebat esse dicto oboediens,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 34:

    o Geta, provinciam Cepisti duram,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 23:

    in te cepi Capuam, non quo munus illud defugerem,

    took command at Capua, Cic. Att. 8. 3, 4:

    consulatum,

    id. Pis. 2, 3; Sall. J. 63, 2:

    honores,

    Nep. Att. 7, 2; Suet. Aug. 26:

    imperium,

    id. Claud. 10:

    magistratum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62; Liv. 2, 33, 1; Suet. Aug. 2:

    magistratus,

    Sall. H. 1, 41, 21 Dietsch; Nep. Phoc. 1, 1; Suet. Caes. 75:

    capiatque aliquis moderamina (navis),

    Ov. M. 3, 644:

    rerum moderamen,

    id. ib. 6, 677:

    pontificatum maximum,

    Suet. Vit. 11:

    rem publicam,

    Sall. C. 5, 6:

    neve cui patrum capere eum magistratum liceret,

    Liv. 2, 33, 1:

    ut ceperat haud tumultuose magistratum majore gaudio plebis, etc.,

    id. 5, 13, 2.—Rarely with dat. of pers., to obtain for, secure for:

    patres praeturam Sp. Furio Camillo gratia campestri ceperunt,

    Liv. 7, 1, 2.—
    5.
    In gen., of any occupation, work, or undertaking, to begin, enter upon, take, undertake, etc.:

    augurium ex arce,

    Liv. 10, 7, 10:

    augurium capienti duodecim se vultures ostenderunt,

    Suet. Aug. 95; id. Vesp. 11:

    omen,

    Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104:

    in castris Romanis cum frustra multi conatus ad erumpendum capti essent,

    Liv. 9, 4, 1:

    rursus impetu capto enituntur,

    id. 2, 65, 5; Quint. 6, 1, 28; Suet. Aug. 42; id. Calig. 43: cursum, id. Oth. 6:

    a quibus temporibus scribendi capiatur exordium,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 3, 8:

    experimentum eorum inversa manu capitur,

    Plin. 13, 2, 3, § 19 ( poet.):

    nec vestra capit discordia finem,

    Verg. A. 10, 106:

    fugam,

    to take to flight, flee, Caes. B. G. 7, 26; so, capere impetum, to take a start, gather momentum:

    ad impetum capiundum modicum erat spatium,

    Liv. 10, 5, 6; cf.:

    expeditionis Germanicae impetum cepit,

    suddenly resolved to make, Suet. Calig. 43: capere initium, to begin:

    ea pars artis, ex qua capere initium solent,

    Quint. 2, 11, 1.— Transf., of place:

    eorum (finium) una pars, quam Gallos optinere dictum est, initium capit a flumine Rhodano,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1:

    a dis inmortalibus sunt nobis agendi capienda primordia,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 3, 7.—
    6.
    Of an opportunity or occasion, to seize, embrace, take:

    si occassionem capsit,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 3, 6:

    si lubitum fuerit, causam ceperit,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 8:

    quod tempus conveniundi patris me capere suadeat,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 4, 9:

    si satis commode tempus ad te cepit adeundi,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 16, 1.—
    7.
    Of operations of the mind, resolutions, purposes, plans, thoughts, etc., to form, conceive, entertain, come to, reach:

    quantum ex ipsa re conjecturam cepimus,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 25 MSS. (Fleck. al. ex conj. fecimus); Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 32:

    cum jam ex diei tempore conjecturam ceperat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 35:

    hujusce rei conjecturam de tuo ipsius studio, Servi, facillime ceperis,

    Cic. Mur. 4, 9.— Absol.:

    conjecturam capere,

    Cic. Div. 1, 57, 130:

    nec quid corde nunc consili capere possim, Scio,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 12:

    capti consili memorem mones,

    id. Stich 4, 1, 72:

    quo pacto porro possim Potiri consilium volo capere una tecum,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 66; 5, 2, 28:

    temerarium consilium,

    Liv. 25, 34, 7:

    tale capit consilium,

    Nep. Eum. 9, 3.— With inf.:

    confitendum... eadem te hora consilium cepisse hominis propinqui fortunas funditus evertere,

    Cic. Quint. 16, 53; Caes. B. G. 7, 71 init. —With ut:

    subito consilium cepi, ut exirem,

    Cic. Att. 7, 10 init. —With gen. gerund. (freq.):

    legionis opprimendae consilium capere,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 2:

    obprimundae reipublicae consilium cepit,

    Sall. C. 16, 4.—With sibi:

    si id non fecisset, sibi consilium facturos,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    ut ego rationem oculis capio,

    Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 2:

    cepi rationem ut, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 11.—
    8.
    Of examples, instances, proofs, etc., to take, derive, draw, obtain:

    ex quo documentum nos capere fortuna voluit quid esset victis extimescendum,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 2, 5:

    quid istuc tam mirum'st, de te si exemplum capit? Ter And. 4, 1, 26: exemplum ex aliqua re,

    Cic. Lael. 10, 33:

    praesagia a sole,

    Plin. 18, 35, 78, § 341:

    illud num dubitas quin specimen naturae capi debeat ex optima quaque natura?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 14, 32.—
    9.
    Of impressions, feelings, etc., to take, entertain, conceive, receive, be subjected to, suffer, experience, etc.:

    tantum laborem capere ob talem filium?

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 29:

    omnes mihi labores fuere quos cepi leves,

    id. Heaut. 2, 4, 19:

    laborem inanem ipsus capit,

    id. Hec. 3, 2, 9:

    ex eo nunc misera quem capit Laborem!

    id. And. 4, 3, 4: miseriam omnem ego capio;

    hic potitur gaudia,

    id. Ad. 5, 4, 22:

    satietatem dum capiet pater Illius quam amat,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 10:

    plus aegri ex abitu viri quam ex adventu voluptatis cepi,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 9:

    cum illa quacum volt voluptatem capit,

    id. ib. prol. 114:

    angor iste, qui pro amico saepe capiendus est,

    Cic. Lael. 13, 48:

    quae (benevolentia) quidem capitur beneficiis maxime,

    id. Off. 2, 9, 32:

    laetitiam quam capiebam memoria rationum inventorumque nostrorum,

    id. Fin. 2, 30, 96:

    lenire desiderium quod capiebat e filio,

    id. Sen. 15, 54:

    opinione omnium majorem animo cepi dolorem,

    id. Brut. 1, 1:

    itaque cepi voluptatem, tam ornatum virum fuisse in re publica,

    id. ib. 40, 147:

    ex civibus victis gaudium meritum capiam,

    Liv. 27, 40, 9:

    ne quam... invidiam apud patres ex prodiga largitione caperet,

    id. 5, 20, 2:

    ad summam laetitiam meam, quam ex tuo reditu capio, magnus illius adventu cumulus accedet,

    id. Att. 4, 19, 2 (4, 18, 3):

    laetitia, quam oculis cepi justo interitu tyranni,

    id. ib. 14, 14, 4:

    ex praealto tecto lapsus matris et adfinium cepit oblivionem,

    lost his memory, Plin. 7, 24, 24, § 90: virtutis opinionem, Auct. B. G. 8, 8: somnum, Cic. Tusc. 4, 19, 44: taedium vitae, Nep. ap. Gell. 6 (7), 18, 11:

    maria aspera juro Non ullum pro me tantum (me) cepisse timorem, Quam, etc.,

    Verg. A. 6, 352 Forbig. ad loc.:

    et in futurum etiam metum ceperunt,

    Liv. 33, 27, 10:

    voluptatem animi,

    Cic. Planc. 1, 1:

    malis alienis voluptatem capere laetitiae (cum sit),

    id. Tusc. 4, 31, 66:

    quaeque mihi sola capitur nunc mente voluptas,

    Ov. P. 4, 9, 37.—
    10.
    Transf., with the feelings, experience, etc., as subj., to seize, overcome, possess, occupy, affect, take possession of, move, etc. (cf. lambanô, in this sense and like 9. supra): nutrix: Cupido cepit miseram nunc me, proloqui Caelo atque terrae Medeai miserias, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 26, 63 (Trag. Rel. v. 291 Vahl.):

    edepol te desiderium Athenarum arbitror cepisse saepe,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 14:

    numquam commerui merito ut caperet odium illam mei,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 4:

    sicubi eum satietas Hominum aut negoti odium ceperat,

    id. Eun. 3, 1, 14:

    nos post reges exactos servitutis oblivio ceperat,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 9:

    te cepisse odium regni videbatur,

    id. ib. 2, 36, 91:

    Romulum Remumque cupido cepit urbis condendae,

    Liv. 1, 6, 3:

    cupido eum ceperat in verticem montis ascendendi,

    id. 40, 21, 2:

    etiam victores sanguinis caedisque ceperat satietas,

    id. 27, 49, 8; Mel. 3, 5, 2:

    qui pavor hic, qui terror, quae repente oblivio animos cepit?

    Liv. 27, 13, 2:

    oblivio deorum capiat pectora vestra,

    id. 38, 46, 12:

    tantane te cepere oblivia nostri?

    Ov. Tr. 1, 8, 11:

    ut animum ejus cura sacrorum cepit,

    Liv. 27, 8, 6:

    hostis primum admiratio cepit, quidnam, etc.,

    id. 44, 12, 1:

    tanta meae si te ceperunt taedia laudis,

    Verg. G. 4, 332; cf. Anthol. Lat. I. p. 178;

    I. p. 196 Burm.: ignarosque loci passim et formidine captos Sternimus,

    Verg. A. 2, 384:

    infelix, quae tanta animum dementia cepit!

    id. ib. 5, 465; id. E. 6, 47:

    cum subita incautum dementia cepit amantem,

    id. G. 4, 488; cf. Anthol. Lat. I. p. 170, 15;

    I. p. 168, 14 Burm.: Tarquinium mala libido Lucretiae stuprandae cepit,

    Liv. 1, 57, 10:

    ingens quidem et luctus et pavor civitatem cepit,

    id. 25, 22, 1:

    tantus repente maeror pavorque senatum eorum cepit,

    id. 23, 20, 7:

    senatum metus cepit,

    id. 23, 14, 8: si me... misericordia capsit. Att. ap. Non. p. 483, 11 (Trag. Rel. v. 454 Rib.): nec tuendi capere satietas potest, Pac. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 14, 24 (Trag. Rel. v. 410 ib.):

    quantus timor socios populi Romani cepisset,

    Liv. 43, 11, 9.—
    11.
    Of injury, damage, loss, etc., to suffer, take, be subjected to:

    calamitatem,

    Cic. Div. 1, 16, 29:

    detrimenti aliquid in aliqua re,

    Col. 1, 8, 2.—Esp., in the legal formula, by which dictatorial powers were conferred by the senate upon the consuls or the entire magistracy in times of extreme danger to the state;

    videant ne quid res publica detrimenti capiat: decrevit quondam senatus, ut L. Opimius consul videret ne quid res publica detrimenti caperet,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 4:

    Hernici tantum terrorem incussere patribus, ut, quae forma senatus consulti ultimae semper necessitatis habita est, Postumio, alteri consulum, negotium daretur, videret, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 4, 9; cf. id. 6, 19, 2 sqq.:

    quod plerumque in atroci negotio solet, senatus decrevit, darent operam consules, ne quid, etc.... Ea potestas per senatum more Romano magistratui maxuma permittitur, exercitum parare, bellum gerere, coercere omnibus modis socios atque civis, domi militiaeque inperium atque judicium summum habere,

    Sall. C. 29, 2 sq.
    II.
    To take in, receive, hold, contain, be large enough for.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    In gen.: Ph. Sitit haec anus. Pa. Quantillum sitit? Ph. Modica'st, capit quadrantal, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 8:

    parte quod ex una spatium vacat et capit in se (ferrum),

    Lucr. 6, 1030:

    jam mare litus habet, plenos capit alveus amnes,

    Ov. M. 1, 344; cf.:

    terra feras cepit, volucres agitabilis aer,

    id. ib. 1, 75:

    dum tenues capiat suus alveus undas,

    id. ib. 8, 558:

    cunctosque (deos) dedisse Terga fugae, donec fessos Aegyptia tellus Ceperit,

    id. ib. 5, 324.—
    2.
    Esp., with negatives, not to hold, to be too small for, etc.; cf.:

    di boni, quid turba est! Aedes nostrae vix capient, scio,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 13:

    qui cum una domo jam capi non possunt, in alias domos exeunt,

    Cic. Off. 1, 17, 54: nec jam se capit [p. 286] unda;

    volat vapor ater ad auras,

    Verg. A. 7, 466:

    non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46:

    non capit se mare,

    Sen. Agam. 487:

    neque enim capiebant funera portae,

    Ov. M. 7, 607:

    officium populi vix capiente domo,

    id. P. 4, 4, 42:

    si di habitum corporis tui aviditati animi parem esse voluissent, orbis te non caperet,

    Curt. 7, 8, 12:

    ut non immerito proditum sit... Graeciam omnem vix capere exercitum ejus (Xerxis) potuisse,

    Just. 2, 10, 19.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    To swallow up, ingulf, take in (rare):

    tot domus locupletissimas istius domus una capiet?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 7.—
    2. a.
    Affirmatively (rare):

    quidquid mortalitas capere poterat, implevimus,

    Curt. 9, 3, 7:

    si puer omni cura et summo, quantum illa aetas capit, labore, scripserit,

    Quint. 2, 4, 17:

    dummodo ejus aetatis sit, ut dolum capiat,

    Dig. 40, 12, 15.—
    b.
    With negatives:

    non capiunt angustiae pectoris tui (tantam personam),

    Cic. Pis. 11, 24:

    leones, qui... nec capere irarum fluctus in pectore possunt,

    Lucr. 3, 298:

    nec capiunt inclusas pectora flammas,

    Ov. M. 6, 466:

    vix spes ipse suas animo capit,

    id. ib. 11, 118:

    ardet et iram Non capit ipsa suam Progne,

    id. ib. 6, 610; cf.:

    sic quoque concupiscis quae non capis,

    Curt. 7, 8, 13:

    majora quam capit spirat,

    id. 6, 9, 11:

    ad ultimum magnitudinem ejus (fortunae) non capit,

    id. 3, 12, 20:

    infirma aetas majora non capiet,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13.—
    3.
    Transf., of things, to admit of, be capable of, undergo (post-Aug. and rare):

    rimam fissuramque non capit sponte cedrus,

    Plin. 16, 40, 78, § 212:

    molluscum... si magnitudinem mensarum caperet,

    id. 16, 16, 27, § 68:

    res non capit restitutionem, cum statum mutat,

    Dig. 4, 4, 19.—
    4.
    With inf., to be susceptible of, to be of a nature to, etc., = endechetai (late Lat.):

    nec capit humanis angoribus excruciari (Deus),

    Prud. Apoth. 154:

    crimina, quae non capiunt indulgeri,

    Tert. Pud. 1 fin.; id. Apol. 17; id. adv. Haer. 44 fin.; Paul. Nol. Carm. 9, 22.—
    5.
    Of the mind, to take, receive into the mind, comprehend, grasp, embrace (cf. intellego, to penetrate mentally, have insight into):

    sitque nonnumquam summittenda et contrahenda oratio, ne judex eam vel intellegere vel capere non possit,

    Quint. 11, 1, 45:

    nullam esse gratiam tantam, quam non vel capere animus meus in accipiendo... posset,

    id. 2, 6, 2:

    quae quidem ego nisi tam magna esse fatear, ut ea vix cujusquam mens aut cogitatio capere possit,

    Cic. Marcell. 2, 6; id. N. D. 1, 19, 49:

    senatus ille, quem qui ex regibus constare dixit, unus veram speciem Romani senatus cepit,

    Liv. 9, 17, 14:

    somnium laetius, quam quod mentes eorum capere possent,

    id. 9, 9, 14.—P. a. as subst.: Capta, ae, f., a surname of Minerva, as worshipped on the Coelian Mount, but for what reason is not known, Ov. F. 3, 837 sq.
    2.
    căpĭo, ōnis, f. [1. capio]; in the Lat. of the jurists,
    I.
    A taking:

    dominii,

    Dig. 39, 2, 18; Gell. 6 (7), 10, 3.—
    II.
    = usu capio or usucapio, the right of property acquired by prescription, Dig. 41, 1, 48, § 1; 41, 3, 21; 41, 5, 4; v. 1. usucapio.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Capta

  • 18 συνίστημι

    + V 8-0-0-9-27=44 Gn 40,4; Ex 7,19; 32,1; Lv 15,3(bis)
    A: to associate or join sb to sb [τινά τινι] 2 Mc 8,9; to introduce, to commend sb to sb [τινά τινι] 1 Mc 12,43; to place sb in the care or control of sb [τινά τινι] Gn 40,4; to appoint sb [τινα] Nm 27,23; to establish [τινα] 2 Mc 14,15; to convict [τινα] SusTh 61
    to contrive [τι] Jb 28,23; to frame, to set [τι] Ps 140(141),9; to bring about, to cause to occur [τί τινι] Prv 6,14
    M: to join, to muster (a force) [τι] 1 Mc 2,44; to array oneself for battle, to sustain (a siege) [τι] 1 Ezr 2,17; to hold, to organize [τι] Ps 117(118),27; to set up, to erect [τι] 2 Mc 4,9; to establish [τι] Ps 106(107),36; to fix, to appoint [τι] 3 Mc 6,38; to unite, to take a stand Nm 16,3; to be blocked Lv 15,3; to stand Ps 38(39),2
    P: to be commended Wis 7,14
    συνέστηκα to be 3 Mc 4,18; συνεστήσατο πρὸς αὐτὸν πόλεμον he joined in battle with him 1 Ezr 1,27; δρόμον ἄτακτον συνίσταντο they ran in a disorderly manner 3 Mc 1,19; τοιούτων συνεστηκότων at this juncture 2 Mc 4,30; συνεστηκὸς ὕδωρ accumulating water, standing water in a body Ex 7,19
    Cf. DREW-BEAR 1972, 221-222; HARLÉ 1988, 146; HELBING 1928, 306; LE BOULLUEC 1989, 120; LEE,
    J. 1990, 1-15; MILLIGAN 1910=1980 7; ROST 1967, 108-111; WEVERS 1993, 664; →MM; TWNT

    Lust (λαγνεία) > συνίστημι

  • 19 συντάσσω

    συντάσσω, [dialect] Att. [suff] συντάρρ-ττω,
    A put in order together, esp. as a military term, draw up, put in array, Hdt.7.78, Th.8.28, X.HG4.8.28, etc.; σ. πεζοὺς αὐτοῖς (sc. τῷ ἱππικῷ) draw up the foot with the horse, ib. 7.5.24:—[voice] Pass., to be drawn up in order of battle, E.HF 191, X.Cyr. 1.4.18, etc.; μάλιστα ξυντεταγμένοι παντὸς τοῦ στρατοῦ in the best order of all the army, Th.3.108;

    μεθ' ὅπλων συντεταγμένοι D.21.223

    ; τισι or μετά τινων with others, X.HG1.2.15, Vect.2.3, cf. Cyr. 6.4.14, etc.:—[voice] Med., form in order of battle,

    ὁμόσε χωρῶμεν ξυνταξάμενοι Ar.Lys. 452

    : [voice] Med. also trans., συνταξάμενος βαθεῖαν τὴν φάλαγγα having drawn up his phalanx in deep order, X.HG2.4.34.
    c place in the same class, c. dat., Plot.6.1.25, Dam. Pr.1, al.
    2 [voice] Pass., of single persons, to be collected, resolute,

    συντεταγμένος στρατηγός X.HG4.8.22

    ; περὶ παίδων ἀγωγὴν ἄκρως ς. D.L.5.65; so of the mind, πρὶν ξυνταχθῆναι.. τὴν δόξαν before they have time to get their thoughts collected, Th.5.9 ( ξυνταθῆναι is prob. cj.);

    ἡ ἐπὶ τοῦ συντετάχθαι.. φρόνησις οὖσα Amphis 33.4

    ; ἔφοδος ἐνεργὸς καὶ ς. Plb.3.19.5.
    II arrange, organize,

    τὸ σῶμα Pl.Grg. 504a

    ;

    τὰ συσσίτια συντέταχεν ὁ νόμος Id.Lg. 625c

    ;

    ἐνιαυτούς τε καὶ ὥρας καὶ μῆνας Id.Phlb. 30c

    ;

    σύνοδον Plu.Ant.71

    : in bad sense, concoct,

    ψευδῆ κατηγορίαν Aeschin.2.183

    :—[voice] Pass., ψυχὴ συντεταγμένη σώματι organically united with, Pl.Lg. 903d; ὀλιγαρχικῶς συντετ. Arist.Pol. 1317a6; σημεῖον πολιτείας συντεταγμένης of an organized state, ib. 1272b30; Τροιζήνιοι σ. εἰς τοὺς Ἀχαιούς joined the Achaean League, Plu.Arat.24; οἱ συντεταγμένοι the conspirators, X.HG3.3.7:—[voice] Med., arrange for oneself, i.e. make one's own plans of life, Hp. VM10: also, get matters organized or arranged, or simply ordain, settle, τὰ νόμιμα ἡμῖν συνετάξατο [ὁ νομοθέτης] Pl.Lg. 626a, cf. 625e, 781b;

    τὴν περὶ τοὺς νέους ἐπιμέλειαν Lycurg.106

    ; καταστήσαντες.. εἰς τὴν προγεγραμμένην κώμην Τεβτῦνειν οὗ ἐὰν Ἀρίστων συντάσσηται wherever A. may arrange to accept delivery, PSI10.1098.24 (i B.C.).
    3 compose or compile a narrative or book, Plb.2.40.4, Plu.Brut.4:—[voice] Med., Pl.Phdr. 263e, Plb.1.3.8, Gal.19.221: abs., write a book, Plb.9.2.2;

    οἱ τὰ Ῥωμαϊκὰ συνταξάμενοι D.H.4.7

    ; σ. ὑπόθεσιν treat of.., Id.Comp.4:—[voice] Pass.,

    προοίμιον συντεταγμένον εἴς τι Pl.Lg. 930e

    , cf. Aeschin.3.201.
    4 c. inf., ordain, prescribe, order,

    δασμοὺς ἀποφέρειν τινάς X.Cyr.8.6.8

    , cf. Aeschin.2.22, PEnteux.27.13, 84.10,16 (iii B.C.), PCair.Zen.28.1, al. (iii B.C.), Plb.3.50.9, PStrassb.100.21 (ii B.C.): without inf.,

    συντάξαντος ἡμῖν Ἀμύντου PCair.Zen.27.1

     (iii B.C.); καθὼς συνέταξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς v. l. for προσέταξεν in Ev.Matt.21.6.
    5 Gramm., combine in interpretation,

    τοῖς προειρημένοις συντάττουσι ταῦτα Gal.15.897

    , cf. 16.533 ([voice] Pass.); construct or construe a word,

    τὰ ἀρρενικὰ τοῖς θηλυκοῖς D.H.Amm.2.11

    , cf. A.D.Conj.218.10;

    τὴν ἐν πρόθεσιν μετὰ γενικῆς Greg.Cor. p.44S.

    :—[voice] Pass., A.D.Pron.69.15, D.L.7.64; συντάσσεται ἀπὸ γενικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικήν (e.g. ἀφαιρῶ σοῦ τόδε) Thom.Mag.p.33R.; cf.

    συντακτός, σύνταξις 1.4

    .
    b [voice] Pass., to be added to, c. dat., A.D.Pron.38.1; of syllables, τὸ σκλα καὶ στρα συντετάξεται Id.Synt.313.16.
    IV [voice] Med., take leave of one, bid him farewell, τινι Charito 8.4, Men.Rh. p.430S., AP9.171 (Pall.); cf. ἀποτάσσω IV.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συντάσσω

  • 20 مكان

    مَكَان \ place: a town or village: Write the date and place of your birth, a building or area for a particular purpose a safe place to swim; my place of work, a position: He won first place in the race. Everything was in its place (in its correct position). Please keep a place (a seat) for me in the front row. I’ve lost my place (the page or time I was reading) in the book. position: the place where sth. is: A ship’s position can be fixed by the stars. The house was in a sheltered position. room: space that is enough for a particular purpose: There’s room for another chair in that row. Can you make room for me in your car?. scene: the place where sth. happens (in real life or in play): Marathon was the scene of a famous battle. The scene of ‘Hamlet’ is set in Denmark. site: a place where sth. happened or used to be: the site of a battle; the site of a castle that was destroyed, an open place where sth. is, or will be a camp site (where anyone may camp or is camping); a site for a new school (where it will be built). situation: position; place: a house in a quiet situation. space: room; enough empty area: There is space for three more chairs in this row. spot: a place: a quiet spot; the actual spot where the accident happened. whereabouts: the place where sb. or sth. may be found: I don’t know his present whereabouts. \ See Also مركز (مَرْكَز)، متسع (مُتَّسَع)‏ \ مَكَان \ market place: the open space where markets are held. \ See Also سَاحة السُّوق \ مَكَان \ seating: space for sitting: This bus has seating for 45 persons. \ See Also مُتَّسَع للجُلُوس \ مَكَان \ climb: a place to be climbed. \ See Also مُرْتَقًى \ مَكَان الاتِّصال \ join: a place or line where two pieces of material are joined together. \ مَكَان الإِدْخال \ intake: a place where sth. (water, petrol, air, etc.) enters a pipe or machine. \ مَكَان إِقَامَة \ accommodation: a place to live; lodgings. \ مَكَان الاقتراع \ poll: a place or act of voting in an election of members of a local or national governing group. \ مَكَان ظَليل \ shade: shelter from the direct heat or light of the sun: I rested in the shade of a tree. \ مَكَان لِقاء \ rendezvous: a special arrangement to meet at a certain time and place; the place that is arranged: Our rendezvous tonight is at 9 o’clock at the club. \ مَكَان مَحْظُورٌ الدُّخُولُ إلَيْه \ out of bounds: not to be entered: The army camp is out of bounds to the public. \ مَكَان مُسَيَّج \ enclosure: sth. that is enclosed. \ مَكَان مُصَلَّح \ mend: a place that has been mended: a mend in her shirt. \ مَكَان مَعْهود \ haunt: a place that is often visited (by sb. or sth.): The lake is a favourite haunt of some rare birds. \ مَكَان مُقَدَّس \ sanctuary: a hole place. \ المَكَان المقْصُود \ destination: the place to which sb. or sth. is going. \ مَكَان مُنْعَزِل (عَن تَيّار الحَضَارَة)‏ \ backwater: a place that new ideas do not reach. \ مَكَان الوُقوف \ stand: a position for standing: The guards took their stand by the door.

    Arabic-English dictionary > مكان

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Battle of the Philippine Sea — Part of World War II, Pacific War …   Wikipedia

  • Battle of Assandun — Edmund Ironside (left) fights Canute the Great (right). Dat …   Wikipedia

  • Battle of Tory Island — Infobox Military Conflict conflict=Battle of Tory Island partof=the French Revolutionary Wars and the Irish Rebellion of 1798 caption=Coastline of Tory Island date=12 October 1798 place=Atlantic Ocean, convert|20|nmi|km north of the Donegal coast …   Wikipedia

  • Battle Fever J — infobox television show name = Battle Fever J genre = Tokusatsu runtime = 30 minutes creator = Toei starring = Kouki Tanioka, Yukio Itou, Narimitsu Kurachi, Kenji Ohba, Diane Martin, Nahomi Hagi, Daisuke Ban narrated = Toru Ohira composer =… …   Wikipedia

  • Battle of Saraighat — The Battle of Saraighat was fought in 1671 between the Mughal empire (led by the Kachwaha king, Raja Ramsingh I), and the Ahom Kingdom (led by Lachit Borphukan) on the Brahmaputra river at Saraighat, now in Guwahati. Although much weaker, the… …   Wikipedia

  • Battle of Embata — Infobox Military Conflict conflict=Battle of Embata partof=Social War (357 355 BC) caption= date=Autumn 356 BC place=Chios, Greece result=Chian victory combatant1=Athenians combatant2=Chians commander1=Chares of Athens, Iphicrates, and Timotheos… …   Wikipedia

  • Battle of Rignano — The Battle of Rignano was the second great defeat of the career of Roger II of Sicily and, like the first, the Battle of Nocera, it too came at the hands of Ranulf II, Count of Alife. The prime difference was the position of the two combatants.… …   Wikipedia

  • battle — {{Roman}}I.{{/Roman}} noun 1 between armies ADJECTIVE ▪ bloody, fierce ▪ intense, pitched ▪ The two armies fought a pitched battle on the plain. ▪ climactic …   Collocations dictionary

  • Battle (Korean band) — Infobox musical artist 2 Name = Battle Img capt = Background = group or band Origin = South Korea Genre = R B Pop Hip hop Years active = 2006 present Label = Good! Entertainment (2006 present) URL = [http://www.goodenter.com Good Entertainment]… …   Wikipedia

  • Battle of the Ardennes — For the World War II Battle of the Ardennes, see Battle of the Bulge Infobox Military Conflict conflict=Battle of the Ardennes caption= partof=the Battles of the Frontiers date=August 21 ndash;23, 1914 place=Ardennes forest result=German victory… …   Wikipedia

  • Battle of Roosebeke — Infobox Military Conflict conflict=Battle of Roosebeke date=27 November, 1382 place=Roosebeke (Westrozebeke), near Kortrijk, Belgium ( At that time located in the County of Flanders ) result: French victory combatant1=France Count of Flanders… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»